5.2.3 4RX requirements
38.521-43GPPNRPart 4: PerformanceRadio transmission and receptionRelease 17TSUser Equipment (UE) conformance specification
5.2.3.1 FDD
5.2.3.1.1 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH mapping Type A performance
5.2.3.1.1.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-3, Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-4, Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-5, Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-6 and Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-7, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.2.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify the PDSCH mapping Type A normal performance under 4 receive antenna conditions and with different channel models, MCSs and number of MIMO layers |
1-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-5, 1-6, 1-7, 2-1, 2-2, 3-1, 4-1 |
Verify the PDSCH mapping Type A HARQ soft combining performance under 4 receive antenna conditions. |
1-4 |
Verify the PDSCH mapping Type A performance requirements for Enhanced Receiver Type 1 under 4 receive antenna conditions. |
5-1 |
Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
---|---|---|---|
Duplex mode |
FDD |
||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
|
k0 |
0 |
||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
||
Length (L) |
12 |
||
PDSCH aggregation factor |
1 |
||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
||
PRB bundling size |
4 for Test 1-1 2 for other tests |
||
Resource allocation type |
Test 1-2: Type 1 with start RB = 23, LRBs = 6 Other test: Type 0 |
||
RBG size |
Test 1-2: N/A Other tests: Config2 |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|
Number of additional DMRS |
2 for Test 1-1, 1-5, 1-6, 1-7 1 for other tests |
||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
||
CSI-RS for tracking |
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
Test 1-5, 1-6, 1-7: Other tests: Table 5.2-1. |
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
Test 1-5, 1-6, 1-7: Other tests: Table 5.2-1. |
|
Number of HARQ Processes |
8 for Test 1-4, 2-1 4 for other tests |
||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
2 |
Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-1.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
TDLB100-400 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-3.5 |
1-2 |
R.PDSCH.1-1.2 FDD |
10 / 15 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
TDLC300-100 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-2.9 |
1-3 |
R.PDSCH.1-4.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
256QAM, 0.82 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
21.0 |
1-4 |
R.PDSCH.1-2.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
TDLC300-100 |
2×4, ULA Low |
30 |
-1.5 |
1-5 |
R.PDSCH.1-8.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
HST-750 |
1×4 |
70 |
3.3 |
1-6 |
R.PDSCH.1-8.2 FDD |
10 / 15 |
64QAM, 0.43 |
HST-972 |
1×4 |
70 |
[6.8] |
1-7 |
R.PDSCH.1-8.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
TDLC300-600 |
2×4 |
70 |
[5.8] |
Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-4: Minimum performance for Rank 2
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
2-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-3.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
13.5 |
2-2 |
R.PDSCH.2-1.1 FDD |
20 / 30 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
13.7 |
Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-5: Minimum performance for Rank 3
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
3-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-2.3 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Low |
70 |
11.0 |
Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-6: Minimum performance for Rank 4
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
4-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-2.4 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Low |
70 |
15.6 |
Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-7: Minimum performance for Rank 3 and Enhanced Receiver Type 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
5-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-2.3 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Medium A |
70 |
22.3 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5] clause 5.2.3.1.1.
5.2.3.1.1_1 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH mapping Type A performance – 2×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.1.1_1.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH mapping Type A normal performance under 4 receive antenna conditions and with different channel models, MCSs and number of MIMO layers for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) to achieve a certain throughput and as well verify the HARQ soft combining with default baseline receiver configuration, for Rank 1 and Rank 2 scenarios.
5.2.3.1.1_1.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward supporting 4 Rx antenna ports.
This test also applies to all types of EUTRA UE release 15 and forward supporting EN-DC and 4 Rx antenna ports.
5.2.3.1.1_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.1.1_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.4 for TE diagram and clause A.3.2.5 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 5.2-1 and 5.2.3.1.1.0-2 and as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without release On, Test Mode On or (EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On) for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 5.2.3.1.1_1.3.3.
5.2.3.1.1_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-3 and Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-4. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 5.2.3.1.1_1.4-1 and 5.2.3.1.1_1.4-2 as appropriate.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.1.5-1 in Annex G clause G.1.5.
4. Repeat steps from 1 to 4 for each subtest in Tables 5.2.3.1.1_1.4-1 and 5.2.3.1.1_1.4-2 as appropriate.
5.2.3.1.1_1.3.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clauses 4.6.1 and 5.4.2.
5.2.3.1.1_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
Table 5.2.3.1.1_1.3.3_1-1: BWP
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-8 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
BWP ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
locationAndBandwidth |
13750 |
For Test 2-2 (20MHz BW, SCS 30kHz) |
|
14025 |
For other tests (10MHz BW, SCS 15kHz) |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.1_1.3.3_1-2: PDSCH-Config
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-26 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
resourceAllocation |
resourceAllocationType0 |
resourceAllocationType0 for all tests except test 1-2 |
|
resourceAllocationType1 |
resourceAllocationType1 for test 1-2 |
||
prb-BundlingType CHOICE { |
|||
staticBundling SEQUENCE { |
|||
bundleSize |
n4 |
n4 for test 1-1 |
|
wideband |
wideband for test 3-1 |
||
Not present |
n2 for other tests |
||
} |
|||
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.1_1.3.3_1-3: DMRS-DownlinkConfig
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-24 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
DMRS-DownlinkConfig ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
dmrs-AdditionalPosition |
pos1 |
pos1 for all tests except test 1-1, 1-5, 1-6, 1-7 |
|
Not present |
pos2 for test 1-1, 1-5, 1-6, 1-7 |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.1_1.3.3_1-4: PDSCH-ServingCellConfig
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-25 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-ServingCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
nrofHARQ-ProcessesForPDSCH |
Not present |
n8 for test 1-4, 2.1 |
|
n4 |
n4 for other tests |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.1_1.3.3_1-5: CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset for CSI Tracking
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-43 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE { |
|||
Slots10 |
1 (for CSI-RS resources 1 and 2) 2 (for CSI-RS resources 3 and 4) |
Periodicity 10 slots and offset 1/2 for test 1-5, 1-6, 1-7 |
|
} |
5.2.3.1.1_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.3.1.1_1.3.3_1
5.2.3.1.1_1.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-3 and Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-4 define the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A.3.2.1 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.1.1_1.4-1 and Table 5.2.3.1.1_1.4-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.1.1_1.4-1: Test Requirement for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-1.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
TDLB100-400 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-2.6 |
1-2 |
R.PDSCH.1-1.2 FDD |
10 / 15 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
TDLC300-100 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-2.0 |
1-3 |
R.PDSCH.1-4.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
256QAM, 0.82 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
22.0 |
1-4 |
R.PDSCH.1-2.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
TDLC300-100 |
2×4, ULA Low |
30 |
-0.6 |
1-5 |
R.PDSCH.1-8.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
HST-750 |
1×4 |
70 |
4.2 |
1-6 |
R.PDSCH.1-8.2 FDD |
10 / 15 |
64QAM, 0.43 |
HST-972 |
1×4 |
70 |
7.7 |
1-7 |
R.PDSCH.1-8.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
TDLC300-600 |
2×4 |
70 |
6.7 |
Table 5.2.3.1.1_1.4-2: Test Requirement for Rank 2
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
2-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-3.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
14.5 |
2-2 |
R.PDSCH.2-1.1 FDD |
20 / 30 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
14.7 |
5.2.3.1.1_2 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH mapping Type A performance – 4×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.1.1_2.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH mapping Type A normal performance under 4 receive antenna conditions and with different channel models, MCSs and number of MIMO layers for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) to achieve a certain throughput and as well verify the HARQ soft combining with default baseline receiver configuration, for Rank 3 and Rank 4 scenarios.
5.2.3.1.1_2.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward supporting 4 Rx antenna ports.
This test also applies to all types of EUTRA UE release 15 and forward supporting EN-DC and 4 Rx antenna ports.
5.2.3.1.1_2.3 Test description
Same test description as in clause 5.2.3.1.1_1.3 with the following exception:
– Step 1 of test procedure to call for Tables 5.2.3.1.1.0-5 and 5.2.3.1.1.0-6 instead of Tables 5.2.3.1.1.0-3 and 5.2.3.1.1.0-4
Table 5.2.3.1.1_2.4-1 instead of 5.2.3.1.1_1.4-1
– Table 5.2.3.1.1_2.4-2 instead of 5.2.3.1.1_1.4-2
– Figure A.3.1.7.5 instead of A.3.1.7.4
5.2.3.1.1_2.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-5 and Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-6 define the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A.3.2.1 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.1.1_2.4-1 and Table 5.2.3.1.1_2.4-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.1.1_2.4-1: Test Requirement for Rank 3
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
3-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-2.3 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Low |
70 |
12.0 |
Table 5.2.3.1.1_2.4-2: Test Requirement for Rank 4
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
4-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-2.4 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Low |
70 |
16.6 |
5.2.3.1.1_3 FFS
5.2.3.1.1_4 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH mapping Type A performance – 4×4 MIMO with enhanced receiver type 1 for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.1.1_4.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH mapping Type A enhanced performance under 4 receive antenna conditions for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) to achieve a certain throughput and as well verify the HARQ soft combining with default enhanced receiver type 1 configuration, for Rank 3 scenario.
5.2.3.1.1_4.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of NR UE Rel-15 and forward supporting 4 Rx antenna ports and NR enhanced receiver type 1.
This test also applies to all types of EUTRA UE Rel-15 and forward supporting EN-DC, 4 Rx antenna ports and NR enhanced receiver type 1.
5.2.3.1.1_4.3 Test description
Same test description as in clause 5.2.3.1.1_1.3 with the following exception:
– Figure A.3.1.7.5 instead of A.3.1.7.4
Step 1 and 2 of Test procedure as in clause 5.2.3.1.1_1.3.2 are replaced by:
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-7. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 5.2.3.1.1_4.4-1 as appropriate.
5.2.3.1.1_4.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.1.1.0-7 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A.3.2.1 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.1.1_4.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.1.1_4.4-1: Test Requirement for Rank 3 and Enhanced Receiver Type 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
5-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-2.3 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Medium A |
70 |
23.3 |
5.2.3.1.2 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH mapping Type A and CSI-RS overlapped with PDSCH performance
5.2.3.1.2.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.2.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.1.2.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.2.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.1.2.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify the PDSCH mapping Type A normal performance under 4 receive antenna conditions and CSI-RS overlapped with PDSCH |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.1.2.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
Duplex mode |
FDD |
||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
||
Mapping type |
Type A |
||
k0 |
0 |
||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
||
Length (L) |
12 |
||
PDSCH configuration |
PDSCH aggregation factor |
1 |
|
PRB bundling type |
Static |
||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
||
RBG size |
Config2 |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
||
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
|
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
||
NZP CSI-RS for CSI acquisition |
OFDM symbols in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
l0 = 13 |
|
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
5 |
|
ZP CSI-RS for CSI acquisition |
Subcarrier index in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
(k0, k1, k2, k3)=(2, 4, 6, 8) |
|
Number of CSI-RS ports (X) |
8 |
||
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
5 |
|
Number of HARQ Processes |
4 |
||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
2 |
Table 5.2.3.1.2.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 2
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
||
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-5.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
TDLC300-100 |
4×4, ULA Low |
70 |
9.1 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5] clause 5.2.3.1.2.
5.2.3.1.2_1 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH mapping Type A and CSI-RS overlapped with PDSCH performance – 4×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.1.2_1.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH mapping Type A normal performance under 4 receive antenna conditions for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) to achieve a certain throughput and as well verify the HARQ soft combining with default baseline receiver configuration for CSI-RS overlapped with PDSCH scenario.
5.2.3.1.2_1.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward supporting 4 Rx antenna ports.
This test also applies to all types of EUTRA UE release 15 and forward supporting EN-DC and 4 Rx antenna ports.
5.2.3.1.2_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.1.2_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.5 for TE diagram and clause A.3.2.5 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 5.2-1 and 5.2.3.1.2.0-2 and as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2, C.3.1 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message content are defined in clause 5.2.3.1.2_1.3.3.
5.2.3.1.2_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.1.2.0-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 5.2.3.1.2_1.4-1 as appropriate.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.1.5-12 in Annex G clause G.1.5.
5.2.3.1.2_1.3.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.6.1 and 5.4.2.
5.2.3.1.2_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
Table 5.2.3.1.2_1.3.3_1-1: PDSCH-ServingCellConfig
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-25 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-ServingCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
nrofHARQ-ProcessesForPDSCH |
n4 |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.2_1.3.3_1-2: NZP CSI-RS-ResourceMapping for CSI Acquisition
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-15 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-RS-ResourceMapping ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
frequencyDomainAllocation CHOICE { |
|||
row4 |
001 |
k0=0 |
|
} |
|||
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain |
13 |
l0 = 13 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.2_1.3.3_1-3: CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset for CSI Acquisition
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-16 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE { |
|||
slots5 |
0 |
Periodicity 5 slots and offset 0 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.2_1.3.3_1-4: ZP CSI-RS-ResourceMapping for CSI Acquisition
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], clause5.4.2.0-21 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-RS-ResourceMapping ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
frequencyDomainAllocation CHOICE { |
|||
other |
011110 |
(k0, k1, k2, k3)=(2, 4, 6, 8) |
|
} |
|||
nrofPorts |
P8 |
Eight Ports |
|
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain |
12 |
l0 = 12 |
|
cdm-Type |
fd-CDM2 |
||
density CHOICE { |
|||
one |
NULL |
||
} |
|||
freqBand |
CSI-FrequencyOccupation |
||
} |
5.2.3.1.2_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.3.1.2_1.3.3_1
5.2.3.1.2_1.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.1.2.0-3 define the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A.3.2.1 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.1.2_1.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.1.2_1.4-1: Test Requirement for Rank 2
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
||
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-5.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
TDLC300-100 |
4×4, ULA Low |
70 |
10 |
5.2.3.1.3 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH mapping Type B performance
5.2.3.1.3.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.3.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.1.3.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.3.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.1.3.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
PDSCH mapping Type B performance under 4 receive antenna conditions |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.1.3.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
Duplex mode |
FDD |
||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
||
Mapping type |
Type B |
||
k0 |
0 |
||
Starting symbol (S) |
5 |
||
Length (L) |
7 |
||
PDSCH configuration |
PDSCH aggregation factor |
1 |
|
PRB bundling type |
Static |
||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
||
RBG size |
Config2 |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
||
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
|
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
||
Number of HARQ Processes |
4 |
||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
2 |
Table 5.2.3.1.3.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-1.3 FDD |
10 / 15 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-3.8 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5] clause 5.2.3.1.3.
5.2.3.1.3_1 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH mapping Type B performance – 2×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.1.3_1.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH mapping Type B normal performance under 4 receive antenna conditions for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) to achieve a certain throughput with baseline receiver configuration.
5.2.3.1.3_1.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward supporting 4 Rx antenna ports and PDSCH mapping type B.
This test also applies to all types of EUTRA UE release 15 and forward supporting EN-DC and 4 Rx antenna ports and PDSCH mapping type B.
5.2.3.1.3_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.1.3_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.4 for TE diagram and clause A.3.2.5 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 5.2-1 and 5.2.3.1.3.0-2 and as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2, C.3.1 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message content are defined in clause 5.2.3.1.3_1.3.3.
5.2.3.1.3_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.1.3.0-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 5.2.3.1.3_1.4-1 as appropriate.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.1.5-1 in Annex G clause G.1.5.
5.2.3.1.3_1.3.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.6.1 and 5.4.2.
5.2.3.1.3_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
Table 5.2.3.1.3_1.3.3_1-1: PDSCH-ServingCellConfig
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-25 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-ServingCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
nrofHARQ-ProcessesForPDSCH |
n4 |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.3_1.3.3_1-2: PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2-19 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList::= SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxNrofDL-Allocations)) OF { |
2 entry |
||
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation[1] SEQUENCE { |
|||
K0 |
Not present |
||
mappingType |
typeB |
||
startSymbolAndLength |
89 |
Start symbol(S)=5, Length(L)=7 |
|
} |
|||
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation[2] SEQUENCE { |
|||
K0 |
Not present |
||
mappingType |
TypeA |
||
startSymbolAndLength |
53 |
Start symbol(S)=2, Length(L)=12 |
|
} |
|||
} |
5.2.3.1.3_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.3.1.3_1.3.3_1
5.2.3.1.3_1.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.1.3.0-3 define the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A.3.2.1 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.1.3_1.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.1.3_1.4-1: Test Requirement for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-1.3 FDD |
10 / 15 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-2.8 |
5.2.3.1.4 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH Mapping Type A and LTE-NR coexistence performance
5.2.3.1.4.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.4.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.1.4.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.2.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.4.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.1.4.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify the PDSCH mapping Type A normal performance under 4 receive antenna conditions with CRS rate matching configured |
1-1, 1-2 |
Table 5.2.3.1.4.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
Duplex mode |
FDD |
||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
||
NR UL transmission with a 7.5 kHz shift to the LTE raster |
true |
||
PDCCH configuration |
Symbols with PDCCH |
Symbol# 2 |
|
Mapping type |
Type A |
||
k0 |
0 |
||
Starting symbol (S) |
3 |
||
Length (L) |
9 for Test 1-1 |
||
PDSCH configuration |
PDSCH aggregation factor |
1 |
|
PRB bundling type |
Static |
||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
||
RBG size |
Config2 |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|
Position of the first DM-RS for downlink |
3 |
||
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
||
CRS for rate matching (Note 1) |
LTE carrier centre subcarrier location |
Same as NR carrier centre subcarrier location |
|
LTE carrier BW |
MHz |
10 |
|
Number of antenna ports |
4 |
||
v-shift |
0 |
||
Number of HARQ Processes |
4 |
||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
2 |
||
Note 1: No MBSFN is configured on LTE carrier |
Table 5.2.3.1.4.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-7.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-4.0 |
1-2 |
R.PDSCH.1-7.2 FDD |
10 / 15 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-4.0 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5], clause 5.2.3.1.4.
5.2.3.1.4_1 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH Mapping Type A and LTE-NR coexistence performance – 4×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.1.4_1.1 Test purpose
Same as 5.2.2.1.4_1.1.
5.2.3.1.4_1.2 Test applicability
Test 1-1 applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward supporting 4 Rx antenna ports and capability IE rateMatchingLTE-CRS but not supporting capability IE additionalDMRS-DL-Alt.
Test1-1 also applies to all types of EUTRA UE release 15 and forward supporting EN-DC supporting 4 Rx antenna ports and capability IE rateMatchingLTE-CRS but not supporting capability IE additionalDMRS-DL-Alt.
Test 1-2 applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward supporting 4 Rx antenna ports and capability IE additionalDMRS-DL-Alt and rateMatchingLTE-CRS.
Test 1-2 also applies to all types of EUTRA UE release 15 and forward supporting EN-DC supporting 4 Rx antenna ports and capability IE additionalDMRS-DL-Alt and rateMatchingLTE-CRS.
5.2.3.1.4_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.1.4_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Same as 5.2.2.1.4_1.3.1 with the following exceptions:
– Use Figure A.3.1.7.4 for TE diagram
– Use Figure A.3.2.5 for UE diagram
– Instead of 5.2.2.1.4.x 🡪 refer 5.2.2.3.4.x
5.2.3.1.4_1.3.2 Test procedure
Same as 5.2.2.1.4_1.3.2 with the following exceptions:
– Instead of 5.2.2.1.4.x 🡪 refer 5.2.2.3.4.x
5.2.3.1.4_1.3.3 Message contents
Same as 5.2.2.1.4_1.3.3.
5.2.3.1.4_1.3.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.1.4.0-3 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.1.4_1.3.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.1.4_1.3.4-1: Test requirement for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-7.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-3.0 |
1-2 |
R.PDSCH.1-7.2 FDD |
10 / 15 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-3.0 |
5.2.3.1.5 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH 0.001% BLER performance
5.2.3.1.5.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.5.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.1.5.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.5.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.1.5.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify the PDSCH 0.001% BLER performance under 4 receive antenna conditions |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.1.5.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
Duplex mode |
FDD |
||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
||
Mapping type |
Type A |
||
k0 |
0 |
||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
||
Length (L) |
12 |
||
PDSCH configuration |
PDSCH aggregation factor |
1 |
|
PRB bundling type |
Static |
||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
||
RBG size |
Config2 |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
||
Maximum number of HARQ transmission |
1 |
||
Number of HARQ Processes |
4 |
||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
2 |
Table 5.2.3.1.5.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Target BLER |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-1.4 FDD |
10 / 15 |
QPSK, 0.59 |
AWGN |
1×4, ULA Low |
0.001% |
0.7 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5], clause 5.2.3.1.5.
5.2.3.1.5_1 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH 0.001% BLER performance – 1×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.1.5_1.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH 0.001% BLER performance under 4 receive antenna conditions.
5.2.3.1.5_1.2 Test applicability
Test 1-1 applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward supporting capability IE dl-64QAM-MCS-TableAlt and capability IE cqi-TableAlt.
5.2.3.1.5_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.1.5_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.3 for TE diagram and section A.3.2.3 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 5.2-1, Table 5.2.3.1.5.0-2 and Table 5.2.3.1.5.0-3 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On, for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 5.2.3.1.5_1.3.3.
5.2.3.1.5_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.1.5.0-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 5.2.3.1.5_1.3.4-1.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.4. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.4.3-1 in Annex G.
5.2.3.1.5_1.3.3 Message contents
5.2.3.1.5_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
As defined in clause 5.4.2 of TS 38.508-1 [6] with the following exceptions:
Table 5.2.3.1.5_1.3.3_1-1: PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2-19 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList::= SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxNrofDL-Allocations)) OF { |
2 entry |
FR1 |
|
mcs-Table |
qam64LowSE |
||
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation[1] SEQUENCE { |
|||
k0 |
Not present |
||
mappingType |
typeA |
||
startSymbolAndLength |
53 |
Start symbol(S)=2, Length(L)=12 |
|
} |
|||
} |
5.2.3.1.5_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.3.1.5_1.3.3_1.
5.2.3.1.5_1.3.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.1.5.0-3 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.1.5_1.3.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.1.5_1.3.4-1: Test requirement for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Target BLER |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-1.4 FDD |
10 / 15 |
QPSK, 0.59 |
AWGN |
1×4, ULA Low |
0.001% |
1.3 |
5.2.3.1.6 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH repetitions over multiple slots performance
5.2.3.1.6.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.6.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.1.6.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.6.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.1.6.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify the PDSCH repetitions over multiple slots performance under 4 receive antenna conditions |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.1.6.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
Duplex mode |
FDD |
||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
|
k0 |
0 |
||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
||
Length (L) |
12 |
||
PDSCH aggregation factor |
2 |
||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
||
RBG size |
Config2 |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
||
Number of HARQ Processes |
4 |
||
The number of slots between final repetition of PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
2 |
Table 5.2.3.1.6.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Target BLER |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-11.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.54 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
1% (Note 1) |
-2.3 |
Note 1: BLER is defined as residual BLER; i.e. ratio of incorrectly received transport blocks / sent transport blocks, independently of the number HARQ transmission(s) for each transport block. |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5], clause 5.2.3.1.6.
5.2.3.1.6_1 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH repetitions over multiple slots performance – 2×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.1.6_1.1 Test purpose
To Verify the PDSCH repetitions over multiple slots performance under 4 receive antenna conditions.
5.2.3.1.6_1.2 Test applicability
Test 1-1 applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward supporting capability IE pdsch-RepetitionMultiSlots-r16.
5.2.3.1.6_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.1.6_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.4 for TE diagram and section A.3.2.5 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 5.2-1, Table 5.2.3.1.6.0-2 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On, for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 5.2.3.1.6_1.3.3.
5.2.3.1.6_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.1.6.0-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The UE may expect that the TB is repeated with same symbol allocation among each of the pdsch-AggregationFactor consecutive slots.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 5.2.3.1.6_1.3.4-1.
3. Measure the BLER for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of correctly and incorrectly received transport bloks based on ACK/NACK feedback on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to clause G.1.5 and Table G.1.5-1a in Annex G clause G.1.5.
5.2.3.1.6_1.3.3 Message contents
5.2.3.1.6_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
Same as 5.2.2.1.6_1.3.3_1.
5.2.3.1.6_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for SA
Same as 5.2.2.1.6_1.3.3_1.
5.2.3.1s.6_1.3.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.1.6.0-3 defines the primary level settings.
The target BLER for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A.3.2.1 for each BLER test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.1.6_1.3.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.1.6_1.3.4-1: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Target BLER |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-11.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.54 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
1% (Note 1) |
[-1.6] |
Note 1: BLER is defined as residual BLER; i.e. ratio of incorrectly received transport blocks / sent transport blocks, independently of the number HARQ transmission(s) for each transport block. |
5.2.3.1.7 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH Mapping Type B and UE processing capability 2 performance
5.2.3.1.7.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.7.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.1.7.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.7.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.1.7.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify PDSCH mapping Type B performance and UE processing capability 2 under four receive antenna conditions |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.1.7.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
Duplex mode |
FDD |
||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type B |
|
k0 |
0 |
||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
||
Length (L) |
2 |
||
PDSCH aggregation factor |
1 |
||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
||
RBG size |
Config2 |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|
Number of additional DMRS |
0 |
||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
||
Maximum number of HARQ transmission |
1 |
||
Number of HARQ Processes |
2 |
||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
0 |
Table 5.2.3.1.7.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-12.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-2.3 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5], clause 5.2.3.1.7.
5.2.3.1.7_1 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH Mapping Type B and UE processing capability 2 performance – 2×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.1.7_1.1 Test purpose
To verify PDSCH mapping Type B performance and UE processing capability 2 under four receive antenna conditions.
5.2.3.1.7_1.2 Test applicability
Test 1-1 applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward supporting capability IE pdsch-ProcessingType2.
5.2.3.1.7_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.1.7_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.4 for TE diagram and section A.3.2.5 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 5.2-1, Table 5.2.3.1.7.0-2 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On, for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 5.2.3.1.7_1.3.3.
5.2.3.1.7_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.1.7.0-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 5.2.3.1.7_1.4-1.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.1.5-1 in Annex G clause G.1.5.
5.2.3.1.7_1.3.3 Message contents
5.2.3.1.7_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
As defined in clause 5.4.2 of TS 38.508-1 [6] with the following exceptions:
Table 5.2.3.1.7_1.3.3_1-1: PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2-19 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList::= SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxNrofDL-Allocations)) OF { |
2 entries |
FR1 |
|
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation[1] SEQUENCE { |
|||
k0 |
Not present |
||
mappingType |
typeB |
||
startSymbolAndLength |
16 |
Start symbol(S)=2, Length(L)=2 |
|
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.7_1.3.3_1-2: PUCCH-Config
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-112 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PUCCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE { |
FR1 |
||
dl-DataToUL-ACK SEQUENCE (SIZE (1)) OF INTEGER { |
1 entry |
||
INTEGER[1] |
0 |
entry 1 |
|
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.7_1.3.3_1-3: Physical layer parameters for DCI format 1_1
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.3.6.1.2.2-1 |
|||
Parameter |
Value |
Value in binary |
Condition |
PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator |
K1=0 as per dl-DataToUL-ACK in Table 5.2.3.1.7_1.3.3_1-3 |
“000” |
5.2.3.1.7_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.3.1.7_1.3.3_1.
5.2.3.1.7_1.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.1.7.0-3 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.1.7_1.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.1.7_1.4-1: Test requirement for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-12.1 FDD |
10 / 15 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-1.4 |
5.2.3.1.8 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH pre-emption performance
5.2.3.1.8.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.8.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.1.8.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.8.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.1.8.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify the PDSCH pre-emption performance under 4 receive antenna conditions |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.1.8.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
Duplex mode |
FDD |
||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
||
PDCCH configuration (Note 4) |
Symbols with PDCCH |
0, 1 |
|
DCI format |
2_1 |
||
timeFrequencySet |
14×1 |
||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
|
k0 |
0 |
||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
||
Length (L) |
12 |
||
PDSCH aggregation factor |
1 |
||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
||
RBG size |
Config2 |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
||
Pre-emption configuration (Note 2) |
Starting symbol (S) |
3 |
|
Length (L) |
2 |
||
Pre-emption periodicity and offset (Note 3) |
Slots |
10/1 |
|
Number of HARQ Processes |
4 |
||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
2 |
||
Note 1: Void Note 2: Interference modelled as random data on pre-empted REs. Note 3: Pre-emption is scheduled with a fixed scheduling with 10% probability within 10ms periodicity. Note 4: In addition to PDCCH configuration in Table 5.2-1. |
Table 5.2.3.1.8.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH. 1-2.6 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM 0.64 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
6.6 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5], clause 5.2.3.1.8.
5.2.3.1.8_1 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH pre-emption performance – 2×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.1.8_1.1 Test purpose
To Verify the PDSCH pre-emption performance under 4 receive antenna conditions.
5.2.3.1.8_1.2 Test applicability
Test 1-1 applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward supporting capability IE pre-EmptIndication-DL-r16.
5.2.3.1.8_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.1.8_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.4 for TE diagram and section A.3.2.5 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 5.2-1, Table 5.2.3.1.8.0-2 and Table 5.2.3.1.8.0-3 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On, for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 5.2.3.1.8_1.3.3.
5.2.3.1.8_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.1.8.0-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. SS transmits PDCCH DCI format 2_1 for int_RNTI with 10% probability to transmit the DL Preemption indication according to Table 5.2.3.1.8.0-2. In the time and frequency set indicated by PDCCH DCI format 2_1, SS stops transmission of PDSCH.
3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 5.2.3.1.8_1.3.4-1.
4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.1.5-1 in Annex G clause G.1.5.
5.2.3.1.8_1.3.3 Message contents
5.2.3.1.8_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
Same as 5.2.2.1.8_1.3.3_1.
5.2.3.1.8_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.2.1.8_1.3.3_1.
5.2.3.1.8_1.3.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.1.8.0-3 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.1.8_1.3.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.1.8_1.3.4-1: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH. 1-2.6 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM 0.64 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
7.6 |
5.2.3.1.9 4Rx FDD FR1 HST-SFN performance
5.2.3.1.9.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.9.0-3, with the test parameters defined in Table 5.2.3.1.9.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.2.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.9.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.1.9.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify PDSCH performance under 4 receive antenna conditions in the HST-SFN scenario defined in B.3.2 when highSpeedDemodFlag-r16 IE [20] is configured |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.1.9.0-2: Test Parameters for Testing
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
Duplex mode |
FDD |
||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
|
k0 |
0 |
||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
||
Length (L) |
12 |
||
PDSCH aggregation factor |
1 |
||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
||
RBG size |
Config2 |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|
Number of additional DMRS |
2 |
||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
||
CSI-RS for tracking |
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
10 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4. |
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
1 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 2 |
|
Number of HARQ Processes |
4 |
||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
2 |
Table 5.2.3.1.9.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 2
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-8.3 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
HST-SFN |
2×4 |
70 |
10.4 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5], clause 5.2.3.1.9.
5.2.3.1.9_1 4Rx FDD FR1 HST-SFN performance – 2×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.1.9_1.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH performance under 4 receive antenna conditions in the HST-SFN scenario defined in B.3.2 when highSpeedDemodFlag-r16 IE [20] is configured and with different channel models, MCSs and number of MIMO layers for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) to achieve a certain throughput and as well verify the HARQ soft combining with default baseline receiver configuration, for Rank 2 scenarios.
5.2.3.1.9_1.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward supporting enhanced demodulation processing for HST-SFN joint transmission scheme.
This test also applies to all types of EUTRA UE release 15 and forward supporting EN-DC and supporting enhanced demodulation processing for HST-SFN joint transmission scheme.
5.2.3.1.9_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.1.9_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D:
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.4 for TE diagram and clause A.3.2.5 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 5.2-1 and Table 5.2.3.1.9.0-2 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without Release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 5.2.3.1.9_1.3.3.
5.2.3.1.9_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 5.2.3.1.9_1.4-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 5.2.3.1.9_1.4-1 as appropriate.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.1.5-1 in Annex G clause G.1.5.
4. Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each subtest in Tables 5.2.3.1.9_1.4-1 as appropriate.
5.2.3.1.9_1.3.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clauses 4.6.1 and 5.4.2.
5.2.3.1.9_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
Table 5.2.3.1.9_1.3.3_1-1: PDSCH-Config
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-26 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
prb-BundlingType CHOICE { |
|||
staticBundling SEQUENCE { |
|||
bundleSize |
Not present |
n2 for test 1-1 |
|
} |
|||
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.9_1.3.3_1-2: DMRS-DownlinkConfig
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-24 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
DMRS-DownlinkConfig ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
dmrs-AdditionalPosition |
pos2 |
for test 1-1 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.9_1.3.3_1-3: PDSCH-ServingCellConfig
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-25 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-ServingCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
nrofHARQ-ProcessesForPDSCH |
n4 |
for test 1-1 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.9_1.3.3_1-4: CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset for CSI Tracking
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-9 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE { |
|||
slots10 |
1 for CSI-RS resource #1 and #2 2 for CSI-RS resource #3 and #4 |
For test 1-1: offset = 1 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 2 offset =2 for CSI-RS resource 3 and 4. |
|
} |
5.2.3.1.9_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.3.1.9_1.3.3_1
5.2.3.1.9_1.4 Test requirement
Tables 5.2.3.1.9_1.4-1 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A 3.2.1 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.1.9_1.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.1.9_1.4-1: Test Requirements for Rank 2
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-8.3 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
HST-SFN |
2×4 |
70 |
11 |
5.2.3.1.10 4Rx FDD FR1 HST DPS performance
5.2.3.1.10.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.10.0-3, with the test parameters defined in Table 5.2.3.1.10.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.2.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.10.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.1.10.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify UE performance in the HST-DPS scenario defined in B.3.3 |
1-1, 1-2 |
Table 5.2.3.1.10.0-2: Test Parameters for Testing
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
||
Duplex mode |
FDD |
|||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
|||
PDCCH configuration |
TCI state |
Note 1 |
||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
||
k0 |
0 |
|||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
|||
Length (L) |
12 |
|||
PDSCH aggregation factor |
1 |
|||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
|||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
|||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
|||
RBG size |
Config2 |
|||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
|||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
|||
TCI state |
Note 1 |
|||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
||
Number of additional DMRS |
2 |
|||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
|||
CSI-RS for tracking |
Resource set #1 |
First OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
l0 = 5 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 3 l0 = 9 for CSI-RS resource 2 and 4 |
|
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
10 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4. |
||
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
1 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 2 |
||
QCL info |
TCI state #2 |
|||
Resource set #2 |
First OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resource 5 and 6 l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resource 7 and 8 |
||
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
10 for CSI-RS resource 5,6,7,8. |
||
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
1 for CSI-RS resource 5 and 6 |
||
QCL info |
TCI state #3 |
|||
NZP CSI-RS for CSI acquisition |
Resource set #3 |
First OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
l0 = 12 |
|
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
20 |
||
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
0 |
||
QCL info |
TCI state #0 |
|||
Resource set #4 |
First OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
l0 = 13 |
||
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
20 |
||
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
0 |
||
QCL info |
TCI state #1 |
|||
TCI state #0 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
CSI-RS resource 1 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking Resource set #1’ configuration |
|
QCL Type |
Type A |
|||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
||
QCL Type |
N/A |
|||
TCI state #1 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
CSI-RS resource 5 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking Resource set #2’ configuration |
|
QCL Type |
Type A |
|||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
||
QCL Type |
N/A |
|||
TCI state #2 |
Type 1 QCL information |
SSB index |
SSB #0 |
|
QCL Type |
Type C |
|||
Type 2 QCL information |
SSB index |
N/A |
||
QCL Type |
N/A |
|||
TCI state #3 |
Type 1 QCL information |
SSB index |
SSB #1 |
|
QCL Type |
Type C |
|||
Type 2 QCL information |
SSB index |
N/A |
||
QCL Type |
N/A |
|||
Number of HARQ Processes |
4 |
|||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
2 |
|||
Note 1: SSB # (k mod 2) , CSI-RS (for tracking) resource set # ((k mod 2) + 1) and CSI-RS (for CSI acquisition) resource set # ((k mod 2) + 3) are transmitted by kth RRH. For Test 1-1, TCI state switching command scheduled by MAC CE with MCS 4 is transmitted in slot #i that satisfy . PDCCH and PDSCH associated with TCI # (k mod 2) is transmitted by kth RRH from slot# to slot# , PDCCH and PDSCH are DTXed in other slots in which throughput statistics are not considered. For Test 1-2, TCI state switching command scheduled by MAC CE with MCS 4 is transmitted in slot #i that satisfy . PDCCH and PDSCH associated with TCI # (k mod 2) is transmitted by kth RRH from slot# to slot# Where k=0, 1, 2… is the RRH number, n = 2520 is half of the number of slots between two RRH, = 2 is the number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information, = 3 is the number of slots for MAC CE processing, = 6 is the number of slots to first TRS transmission occasion after MAC CE command is decoded by the UE, = 2 is the number of slots for TRS processing. |
Table 5.2.3.1.10.0-3: Minimum performance for HST-DPS
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Number of active PDSCH TCI states |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-8.4 FDD |
10 / 15 |
64QAM, 0.43 |
HST-DPS |
1 |
2×4 |
70 |
10.6 |
1-2 |
R.PDSCH.1-8.4 FDD |
10 / 15 |
64QAM, 0.43 |
HST-DPS |
2 |
2×4 |
70 |
10.6 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5], clause 5.2.3.1.10.
5.2.3.1.10_1 4Rx FDD FR1 HST-DPS performance – 2×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.1.10_1.1 Test purpose
To verify UE performance in the HST-DPS scenario defined in B.3.3 and with different channel models, MCSs and number of MIMO layers for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) to achieve a certain throughput and as well verify the HARQ soft combining with default baseline receiver configuration, for Rank 2 scenarios.
5.2.3.1.10_1.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward.
This test also applies to all types of EUTRA UE release 15 and forward supporting EN-DC.
5.2.3.1.10_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.1.10_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D:
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.4 for TE diagram and clause A.3.2.5 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 5.2-1 and Table 5.2.3.1.10.0-2 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without Release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3.
5.2.3.1.10_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 5.2.3.1.10_1.4-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 5.2.3.1.10_1.4-1 as appropriate.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.1.5-1 in Annex G clause G.1.5.
4. Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each subtest in Tables 5.2.3.1.10_1.4-1 as appropriate.
5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clauses 4.6.1 and 5.4.2.
5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
Table 5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3_1-1: PDSCH-Config
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-26 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
prb-BundlingType CHOICE { |
|||
staticBundling SEQUENCE { |
|||
bundleSize |
Not present |
n2 is used |
test 1-1, 1-2 |
} |
|||
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3_1-2: DMRS-DownlinkConfig
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-24 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
DMRS-DownlinkConfig ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
dmrs-AdditionalPosition |
pos2 |
for test 1-1, 1-2 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3_1-3: PDSCH-ServingCellConfig
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-25 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-ServingCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
nrofHARQ-ProcessesForPDSCH |
n4 |
for test 1-1, 1-2 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3_1-4: NZP-CSI-RS-Resource for TRS
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-8 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
NZP-CSI-RS-Resource ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceId |
i-1 for CSI-RS resource #i, i=1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 |
for test 1-1, 1-2 |
|
qcl-InfoPeriodicCSI-RS |
2 for CSI-RS resource #1, #2, #3, #4 3 for CSI-RS resource #5, #6, #7, #8 |
for test 1-1, 1-2: TCI-StateId for TCI-State #2 for CSI-RS resource #1, #2, #3, #4 TCI-StateId for TCI-State #3 for CSI-RS resource #5, #6, #7, #8 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3_1-5: CSI-RS-ResourceMapping for TRS (Table 5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3_1-4)
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-9 with condition TRS |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-RS-ResourceMapping ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain |
5 for CSI-RS resource #1 and #3 9 for CSI-RS resource #2 and #4 6 for CSI-RS resource #5 and #6 10 for CSI-RS resource #7 and #8 |
for test 1-1, 1-2: l0 = 5 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 3 l0 = 9 for CSI-RS resource 2 and 4 l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resource 5 and 6 l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resource 7 and 8 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3_1-6: CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset for TRS (Table 5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3_1-4)
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-10 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE { |
|||
slots10 |
1 for CSI-RS resource #1, #2, #5, #6 2 for CSI-RS resource #3 #4, #7, #8 |
For test 1-1, 1-2: periodicity: 10 slots. offset: 1 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 2 1 for CSI-RS resource 5 and 6 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3_1-7: NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet for TRS
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-12 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
nzp_CSI_ResourceSetId |
0 for Resource set #1 1 for Resource set #2 |
For test 1-1, 1-2 |
|
nzp-CSI-RS-Resources SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId { |
4 entries |
For test 1-1, 1-2 |
Resource set #1 |
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[1] |
0 |
entry 1 CSI-RS resource #1 |
|
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[2] |
1 |
entry 2 CSI-RS resource #2 |
|
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[3] |
2 |
entry 3 CSI-RS resource #3 |
|
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[4] |
3 |
entry 4 CSI-RS resource #4 |
|
} |
|||
nzp-CSI-RS-Resources SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId { |
4 entries |
For test 1-1, 1-2 |
Resource set #2 |
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[1] |
4 |
entry 1 CSI-RS resource #5 |
|
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[2] |
5 |
entry 2 CSI-RS resource #6 |
|
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[3] |
6 |
entry 3 CSI-RS resource #7 |
|
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[4] |
7 |
entry 4 CSI-RS resource #8 |
|
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3_1-8: NZP-CSI-RS-Resource for CSI Acquisition
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-14 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
NZP-CSI-RS-Resource ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceId |
8 for CSI-RS resource #9 9 for CSI-RS resource #10 |
for test 1-1, 1-2 |
|
qcl-InfoPeriodicCSI-RS |
0 for CSI-RS resource #9 1 for CSI-RS resource #10 |
for test 1-1, 1-2: TCI-State #0 for CSI-RS resource #9 TCI-State #1 for CSI-RS resource #10 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3_1-9: CSI-RS-ResourceMapping for CSI Acquisition (Table 5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3_1-8)
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-15 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-RS-ResourceMapping ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain |
12 for CSI-RS resource #9 13 for CSI-RS resource #10 |
for test 1-1, 1-2 l0=12 for CSI-RS resource #9 l0=13 for CSI-RS resource #10 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3_1-10: CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset for CSI Acquisition (Table 5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3_1-8)
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-16 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE { |
|||
slots20 |
0 |
For test 1-1, 1-2: periodicity = 20 slots. offset = 0 slots |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3_1-11: NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet for CSI Acquisition
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-18 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
nzp_CSI_ResourceSetId |
2 for Resource set #3 3 for Resource set #4 |
For test 1-1, 1-2 |
|
nzp-CSI-RS-Resources SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId { |
1 entry |
For test 1-1, 1-2 |
Resource set #3 |
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[1] |
8 |
entry 1 CSI-RS resource #9 |
|
} |
|||
nzp-CSI-RS-Resources SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId { |
1 entry |
For test 1-1, 1-2 |
Resource set #4 |
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[1] |
9 |
entry 1 CSI-RS resource #10 |
|
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3_1-12: TCI-State
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-190 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
TCI-State ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
tci-StateId |
0 for TCI state #0 1 for TCI state #1 2 for TCI state #2 3 for TCI state #3 |
For test 1-1, 1-2 |
|
qcl-Type1 SEQUENCE { |
|||
bwp-Id |
BWP-Id of active BWP |
TCI state #0, TCI state #1 |
|
Not present |
TCI state #2, TCI state #3 |
||
referenceSignal CHOICE { |
|||
csi-rs |
0 |
CSI-RS resource #1 |
TCI state #0 |
4 |
CSI-RS resource #5 |
TCI state #1 |
|
ssb |
0 |
SSB #0 |
TCI state #2 |
1 |
SSB #1 |
TCI state #3 |
|
} |
|||
qcl-Type |
typeA |
TCI state #0, TCI state #1 |
|
typeC |
TCI state #2, TCI state #3 |
||
} |
|||
} |
5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.3.1.10_1.3.3_1
5.2.3.1.10_1.4 Test requirement
Tables 5.2.3.1.10_1.4-1 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A 3.2.1 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.1.10_1.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.1.10_1.4-1: Test Requirements for HST-DPS
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Number of active PDSCH TCI states |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-8.4 FDD |
10 / 15 |
64QAM, 0.43 |
HST-DPS |
1 |
2×4 |
70 |
11.2 |
1-2 |
R.PDSCH.1-8.4 FDD |
10 / 15 |
64QAM, 0.43 |
HST-DPS |
2 |
2×4 |
70 |
11.2 |
5.2.3.1.11 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH Single-DCI based SDM scheme performance
5.2.3.1.11.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.11.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.1.11.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.11.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.1.11.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify the PDSCH performance with Single-DCI based SDM scheme under 4 receive antenna conditions |
1-1,1-2 |
Table 5.2.3.1.11.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
||||
TRxP #1(Note 1) |
TRxP #2(Note 1) |
|||||
Transmit TRxP of SSB |
TRxP #1 |
|||||
PDCCH configuration |
TCI state |
TCI State #1 |
||||
CORESETPoolIndex |
0 |
|||||
CSI-RS for tracking |
First subcarrier index in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
k0=0 for CSI-RS resources 1,2,3,4 |
k0=1 for CSI-RS resources 5,6,7,8 |
|||
First OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resources 1 and 3 l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resources 2 and 4 |
l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resources 5 and 7 l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resources 6 and 8 |
||||
Number of CSI-RS ports (X) |
1 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4 |
1 for CSI-RS resource 5,6,7,8 |
||||
CDM Type |
‘No CDM’ for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 |
|||||
Density |
3 |
|||||
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
20 |
||||
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
10 for CSI-RS resources 1 and 2 11 for CSI-RS resources 3 and 4 |
10 for CSI-RS resources 5 and 6 11 for CSI-RS resources 7 and 8 |
|||
QCL info |
TCI state #0 |
|||||
Duplex mode |
FDD |
|||||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
|||||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
||||
k0 |
0 |
|||||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
|||||
Length (L) |
12 |
|||||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
|||||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
|||||
Resource allocation type |
Type 1 |
|||||
RBG size |
Config2 |
|||||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
|||||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
|||||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
Antenna port indexes |
1000 |
1002 |
|||
TCI state |
TCI State #1 |
TCI State #2 |
||||
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|||||
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
|||||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
|||||
TCI State #1 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
CSI-RS resource 1 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking’ configuration |
N/A |
||
QCL Type |
Type A |
N/A |
||||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
N/A |
|||
QCL Type |
N/A |
N/A |
||||
TCI State #2 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
CSI-RS resource 5 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking’ configuration |
||
QCL Type |
N/A |
Type A |
||||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
N/A |
|||
QCL Type |
N/A |
N/A |
||||
Resource allocation |
Full-overlapping |
|||||
Timing offset of the second TRxP from the first TRxP |
us |
-0.5 for test 1-1 2 for test 1-2 |
||||
Frequency offset of the second TRxP from the first TRxP |
Hz |
200 for test 1-1 0 for test 1-2 |
||||
Number of HARQ Processes |
4 |
|||||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
2 |
|||||
Precoding configuration |
SP Type I, independent precoding generation is applied for both TRxPs, random per slot with PRB bundling granularity |
|||||
Note 1: PDSCH transmission is done from both TRxPs (PDSCH Layer 0 is transmitted from TRxP #1 and PDSCH layer 1 is transmitted from TRxP #2) |
Table 5.2.3.1.11.0-3: Minimum performance
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition(Note 1) |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration(Note 2) |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB)(Note 3) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-3.2 FDD |
10 / 15 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
14.6 |
1-2 |
R.PDSCH.1-3.2 FDD |
10 / 15 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
13.9 |
Note 1: The propagation conditions apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 and are statistically independent Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 Note 3: SNR corresponds to SNR of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 as defined in 4.4.2 with scaling factor as 1/sqrt(2) for transmitted signal from each TRxP |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5], clause 5.2.3.1.11.
5.2.3.1.11_1 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH Single-DCI based SDM scheme performance – 2×4 MIMO for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.1.11_1.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH performance with Single-DCI based SDM scheme under 4 receive antenna conditions.
5.2.3.1.11_1.2 Test applicability
Test 1-1 applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward supporting capability IE singleDCI-SDM-scheme-r16.
5.2.3.1.11_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.1.11_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.4 for TE diagram and section A.3.2.3 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 5.2-1, Table 5.2.3.1.11.0-2 and Table 5.2.3.1.11.0-3 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On, for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 5.2.3.1.11_1.3.3.
5.2.3.1.11_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.1.11_1.3.4-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 5.2.3.1.11_1.3.4-1.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.1.5-1 in Annex G clause G.1.5.
4. Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each subtest in Table 5.2.3.1.11_1.3.4-1 as appropriate.
5.2.3.1.11_1.3.3 Message contents
5.2.3.1.11_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
As defined in clause 5.4.2 of TS 38.508-1 [6] with the following exceptions:
Table 5.2.3.1.11_1.3.3_1-1: Physical layer parameters for DCI format 1_1
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.3.6.1.2.2-1 |
||||
Parameter |
Value |
Value in binary |
Condition |
|
PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator |
K1 = 2 |
“010” |
||
Antenna port(s) |
DMRS port 0 and 2 |
“1011” |
||
Transmission configuration indication |
TCI state 1 and 2 |
“000” |
Table 5.2.3.1.11_1.3.3_1-2: CellGroupConfig
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-19 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
simultaneousTCI-UpdateList1-r16 SEQUENCE { |
|||
ServCellIndex [1] |
ServCellIndex |
||
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.11_1.3.3_1-3: ControlResourceSet
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-28 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
ControlResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
tci-PresentInDCI |
enabled |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.11_1.3.3_1-4: PDSCH-Config
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-100 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
tci-StatesToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1.. maxNrofTCI-States)) OF TCI-State { |
2 entries |
||
TCI-State[1] |
TCI-State with condition TCI-state-0 |
||
TCI-State[2] |
TCI-State with condition TCI-state-1 |
||
TCI-State[3] |
TCI-State with condition TCI-state-2 |
||
} |
|||
rbg-Size |
config2 |
||
prb-BundlingType CHOICE { |
|||
staticBundling SEQUENCE { |
|||
bundleSize |
Not present |
||
} |
|||
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.11_1.3.3_1-5: TCI-State
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-190 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
TCI-State ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
tci-StateId |
0 |
TCI-state-0 |
|
1 |
TCI-state-1 |
||
2 |
TCI-state-2 |
||
qcl-Type1 SEQUENCE { |
|||
cell |
Not present |
||
bwp-Id |
Not present |
||
referenceSignal CHOICE { |
|||
ssb |
SSB-Index |
TCI-state-0 |
|
csi-rs |
1 |
TCI-state-1 |
|
5 |
TCI-state-2 |
||
} |
|||
qcl-Type |
typeA |
||
} |
|||
qcl-Type2 |
Not present |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.11_1.3.3_1-6: NZP-CSI-RS-Resource
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-85 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
NZP-CSI-RS-Resource ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
resourceMapping SEQUENCE { |
|||
frequencyDomainAllocation CHOICE { |
|||
row1 |
0000 |
For CSI-RS resources 1, 2, 3, 4 |
|
0001 |
For CSI-RS resources 5,6,7,8 |
||
} |
|||
nrofPorts |
p1 |
||
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain |
6 |
For CSI-RS resources 1,3,5,7 |
|
10 |
For CSI-RS resources 2,4,6,8 |
||
cdm-Type |
noCDM |
||
density CHOICE { |
|||
three |
NULL |
||
} |
|||
} |
|||
periodicityAndOffset CHOICE { |
|||
slots20 |
10 |
For CSI-RS resources 1,2,5,6 |
|
slots20 |
11 |
For CSI-RS resources 3,4,7,8 |
|
} |
|||
qcl-InfoPeriodicCSI-RS |
0 |
||
} |
5.2.3.1.11_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.3.1.11_1.3.3_1.
5.2.3.1.11_1.3.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.1.11.0-3 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.1.11_1.3.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.1.11_1.3.4-1: Test requirement
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition(Note 1) |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration(Note 2) |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB)(Note 3) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-3.2 FDD |
10 / 15 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
15.6 |
1-2 |
R.PDSCH.1-3.2 FDD |
10 / 15 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
14.9 |
Note 1: The propagation conditions apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 and are statistically independent Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 Note 3: SNR corresponds to SNR of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 as defined in 4.4.2 with scaling factor as 1/sqrt(2) for transmitted signal from each TRxP |
5.2.3.1.12 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH Multi-DCI based transmission scheme performance
5.2.3.1.12.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.12.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.1.12.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.12.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.1.12.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify the PDSCH performance when UE is configured two different values of CORESETPoolIndex in ControlResourceSet and when UE receives multiple PDCCHs scheduling PDSCHs |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.1.12.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
||||
TRxP #1(Note 1) |
TRxP #2(Note 1) |
|||||
Transmit TRxP of SSB |
TRxP #1 |
|||||
PDCCH configuration |
TCI state |
TCI State #1 |
TCI State #2 |
|||
CORESETPoolIndex |
0,1 |
|||||
First subcarrier index in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
k0=0 for CSI-RS resources 1,2,3,4 |
k0=1 for CSI-RS resources 5,6,7,8 |
||||
First OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resources 1 and 3 l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resources 2 and 4 |
l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resources 5 and 7 l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resources 6 and 8 |
||||
Number of CSI-RS ports (X) |
1 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4 |
1 for CSI-RS resource 5,6,7,8 |
||||
CSI-RS for tracking |
CDM Type |
‘No CDM’ for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 |
||||
Density |
3 |
|||||
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
20 |
||||
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
10 for CSI-RS resources 1 and 2 11 for CSI-RS resources 3 and 4 |
10 for CSI-RS resources 5 and 6 11 for CSI-RS resources 7 and 8 |
|||
QCL info |
TCI state #0 |
|||||
Duplex mode |
FDD |
|||||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
|||||
Mapping type |
Type A |
|||||
k0 |
0 |
|||||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
|||||
Length (L) |
12 |
|||||
PDSCH configuration |
PRB bundling type |
Static |
||||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
|||||
Resource allocation type |
Type 1 |
|||||
RBG size |
Config2 |
|||||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
|||||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
|||||
Antenna port indexes |
{1000,1001} |
{1002,1003} |
||||
TCI state |
TCI State #1 |
TCI State #2 |
||||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
||||
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
|||||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
|||||
TCI State #1 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
CSI-RS resource 1 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking’ configuration |
N/A |
||
QCL Type |
Type A |
N/A |
||||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
N/A |
|||
QCL Type |
N/A |
N/A |
||||
TCI State #2 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
CSI-RS resource 5 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking’ configuration |
||
QCL Type |
N/A |
Type A |
||||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
N/A |
|||
QCL Type |
N/A |
N/A |
||||
Resource allocation |
Non-overlapping |
|||||
Timing offset of the second TRxP from the first TRxP |
us |
-0.5 |
||||
Frequency offset of the second TRxP from the first TRxP |
Hz |
200 |
||||
Number of HARQ Processes |
4 |
|||||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
2 |
|||||
Precoding configuration |
SP Type I, independent precoding generation is applied for both TRxPs, random per slot with PRB bundling granularity |
|||||
Note 1: PDSCH transmission is done from both TRxPs. Transmission from TRxP #1 uses CORESETPoolIndex 0 and transmission from TRxP #2 uses CORESETPoolIndex 1 |
Table 5.2.3.1.12.0-3: Minimum performance
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition(Note 1) |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration(Note 2) |
Reference value |
||
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB)(Note 3) |
|||||||
TRxP #1 |
TRxP #2 |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-3.3 FDD |
R.PDSCH.1-3.4 FDD |
10 / 15 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
14.6 |
Note 1: The propagation conditions apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 and are statistically independent Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 Note 3: SNR corresponds to SNR of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 as defined in 4.4.2 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5], clause 5.2.3.1.12.
5.2.3.1.12_1 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH Multiple-DCI based transmission scheme performance – 2×4 MIMO for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.1.12_1.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH performance when UE is configured two different values of CORESETPoolIndex in ControlResourceSet and when UE receives multiple PDCCHs scheduling PDSCHs.
5.2.3.1.12_1.2 Test applicability
Test 1-1 applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward supporting capability IE multiDCI-MultiTRP-r16.
5.2.3.1.12_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.1.12_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.9 for TE diagram and section A.3.2.5 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 5.2-1, Table 5.2.3.1.12.0-2 and Table 5.2.3.1.12.0-3 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On, for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 5.2.3.1.12_1.3.3.
5.2.3.1.12_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH in TRxP#1 via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI in ControlResourceSetid1 (Table 5.2.3.1.12_1.3.3_1-2), and transmits PDSCH in TRxP#2 via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI in ControlResourceSetid2 (Table 5.2.3.1.12_1.3.3_1-3), to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.1.12_1.4-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR for TRxP#1 and TRxP#2 according to Table 5.2.3.1.12_1.4-1.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.1.5-1 in Annex G clause G.1.5.
5.2.3.1.12_1.3.3 Message contents
5.2.3.1.12_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
As defined in clause 5.4.2 of TS 38.508-1 [6] with the following exceptions:
Table 5.2.3.1.12_1.3.3_1-1: PDCCH-Config (Preamble)
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4],Table 4.6.3-95 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDCCH-Config::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
controlResourceSetToAddModList SEQUENCE(SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..3)) OF ControlResourceSet { |
2 entries |
||
ControlResourceSet[1] |
ControlResourceSetid1 |
entry 1 |
|
ControlResourceSet[2] |
ControlResourceSetid2 |
entry 2 |
|
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.12_1.3.3_1-2: ControlResourceSetId1 (Table 5.2.3.1.12_1.3.3_1-1: PDCCH-Config)
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 5.4.2.0-6 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
ControlResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
controlResourceSetId |
1 |
||
frequencyDomainResources |
11110000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000 |
CORESET to use the least significant 24 RBs of the BWP |
|
tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxNrofTCI-StatesPDCCH)) OF TCI-StateId { |
|||
TCI-StateId[1] |
1 |
||
} |
|||
tci-PresentInDCI |
enabled |
||
coresetPoolIndex-r16 |
0 |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.12_1.3.3_1-3: ControlResourceSetId2 (Table 5.2.3.1.12_1.3.3_1-1: PDCCH-Config)
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4], Table 5.4.2.0-6 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
ControlResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
controlResourceSetId |
2 |
||
frequencyDomainResources |
00001111 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000 |
CORESET to use the RBs 24~47 of the BWP |
|
tci-StatesPDCCH-ToAddList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxNrofTCI-StatesPDCCH)) OF TCI-StateId { |
|||
TCI-StateId[1] |
2 |
||
} |
|||
tci-PresentInDCI |
enabled |
||
coresetPoolIndex-r16 |
1 |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.12_1.3.3_1-4: Physical layer parameters for DCI format 1_1 in ControlResourceSetid1
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.3.6.1.2.2-1 |
||||
Parameter |
Value |
Value in binary |
Condition |
|
Antenna port(s) |
DMRS port 0 and 1 |
“0111” |
||
Transmission configuration indication |
TCI State #1 |
“000” |
Table 5.2.3.1.12_1.3.3_1-5: Physical layer parameters for DCI format 1_1 in ControlResourceSetid2
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.3.6.1.2.2-1 |
|||
Parameter |
Value |
Value in binary |
Condition |
Antenna port(s) |
DMRS port 2 and 3 |
“1000” |
|
Transmission configuration indication |
TCI State #2 |
“001” |
Table 5.2.3.1.12_1.3.3_1-6: PDSCH-Config
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-26 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
tci-StatesToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1.. maxNrofTCI-States)) OF TCI-State { |
2 entries |
||
TCI-State[1] SEQUENCE { |
TCI-state-0 |
||
tci-StateId |
0 |
||
qcl-type1 SEQUENCE { |
|||
cell |
Not present |
||
bwp-Id |
Not present |
||
referenceSignal CHOICE { |
|||
ssb |
SSB-Index |
||
} |
|||
qcl-Type |
typeC |
||
} |
|||
} |
|||
TCI-State[2] |
TCI-state-1 |
||
tci-StateId |
1 |
||
qcl-type1 SEQUENCE { |
|||
cell |
Not present |
||
bwp-Id |
Not present |
||
referenceSignal CHOICE { |
|||
csi-rs |
1 |
||
} |
|||
qcl-Type |
typeA |
||
} |
|||
} |
|||
TCI-State[3] |
TCI-state-2 |
||
tci-StateId |
2 |
||
qcl-type1 SEQUENCE { |
|||
cell |
Not present |
||
bwp-Id |
Not present |
||
referenceSignal CHOICE { |
|||
csi-rs |
5 |
||
} |
|||
qcl-Type |
typeA |
||
} |
|||
} |
|||
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.12_1.3.3_1-7: CSI-RS-ResourceMapping for TRS
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-9 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-RS-ResourceMapping ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
frequencyDomainAllocation CHOICE { |
|||
row1 |
0000 |
For CSI-RS resources 1, 2, 3, 4 |
|
0001 |
For CSI-RS resources 5,6,7,8 |
||
} |
|||
nrofPorts |
p1 |
||
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain |
6 |
For CSI-RS resources 1,3,5,7 |
|
10 |
For CSI-RS resources 2,4,6,8 |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.12_1.3.3_1-8: CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset for TRS
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-10 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE { |
|||
slots20 |
10 |
For CSI-RS resources 1,2,5,6 |
|
slots20 |
11 |
For CSI-RS resources 3,4,7,8 |
|
} |
5.2.3.1.12_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.3.1.12_1.3.3_1.
5.2.3.1.12_1.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.1.12.0-3 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.1.12_1.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.1.12_1.4-1: Test requirement
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition(Note 1) |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration(Note 2) |
Reference value |
||
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB)(Note 3) |
|||||||
TRxP #1 |
TRxP #2 |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-3.3 FDD |
R.PDSCH.1-3.4 FDD |
10 / 15 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
15.6 |
Note 1: The propagation conditions apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 and are statistically independent Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 Note 3: SNR corresponds to SNR of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 as defined in 4.4.2 |
5.2.3.1.13 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH Single-DCI based FDM scheme A performance
5.2.3.1.13.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.13.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.1.13.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.13.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.1.13.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify PDSCH performance under 4 receive antenna conditions when UE is configured with “FDMSchemeA” in “RepetitionScheme-r16” defined in clause 5.1 of TS 38.214 [12] |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.1.13.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
||||
TRxP #1(Note 1) |
TRxP #2(Note 1) |
|||||
Transmit TRxP of SSB |
TRxP #1 |
|||||
PDCCH configuration |
TCI state |
TCI State #1 |
||||
CORESETPoolIndex |
Not configured |
|||||
CSI-RS for tracking |
First subcarrier index in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
k0=0 for CSI-RS resources 1,2,3,4 |
k0=1 for CSI-RS resources 5,6,7,8 |
|||
First OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resources 1 and 3 l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resources 2 and 4 |
l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resources 5 and 7 l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resources 6 and 8 |
||||
Number of CSI-RS ports (X) |
1 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4 |
1 for CSI-RS resource 5,6,7,8 |
||||
CDM Type |
‘No CDM’ for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 |
|||||
Density |
3 |
|||||
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
20 |
||||
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
10 for CSI-RS resources 1 and 2 11 for CSI-RS resources 3 and 4 |
10 for CSI-RS resources 5 and 6 11 for CSI-RS resources 7 and 8 |
|||
QCL info |
TCI state #0 |
|||||
Duplex mode |
FDD |
|||||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
|||||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
||||
k0 |
0 |
|||||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
|||||
Length (L) |
12 |
|||||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
|||||
PRB bundling size |
Wideband |
|||||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
|||||
RBG size |
Config2 |
|||||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
|||||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
|||||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
Antenna port indexes |
1000,1001 |
1000,1001 |
|||
TCI state |
TCI State #1 |
TCI State #2 |
||||
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|||||
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
|||||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
|||||
TCI State #1 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
CSI-RS resource 1 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking’ configuration |
N/A |
||
QCL Type |
Type A |
N/A |
||||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
N/A |
|||
QCL Type |
N/A |
N/A |
||||
TCI State #2 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
CSI-RS resource 5 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking’ configuration |
||
QCL Type |
N/A |
Type A |
||||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
N/A |
|||
QCL Type |
N/A |
N/A |
||||
Timing offset of the second TRxP from the first TRxP |
us |
-0.5 |
||||
Frequency offset of the second TRxP from the first TRxP |
Hz |
200 |
||||
Number of HARQ Processes |
4 |
|||||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
2 |
|||||
Precoding configuration |
SP Type I, independent precoding generation is applied for both TRxPs, random per slot with PRB bundling granularity |
|||||
Note 1: PDSCH transmission is done from both TRxPs |
Table 5.2.3.1.13.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 2
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition(Note 1) |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration (Note 2) |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) (Note 3) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-2.5 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.54 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
10.9 |
Note 1: The propagation conditions apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 and are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to SNR of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 as defined in 4.4.2 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5], clause 5.2.3.1.13.
5.2.3.1.13_1 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH Single-DCI based FDM scheme A performance – 2×4 MIMO for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.1.13_1.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH performance under 4 receive antenna conditions when UE is configured with “FDMSchemeA” in “RepetitionScheme-r16”.
5.2.3.1.13_1.2 Test applicability
Test 1-1 applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward supporting capability IE supportFDM-SchemeA-r16.
5.2.3.1.13_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.1.13_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.9 for TE diagram and section A.3.2.5 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 5.2-1, Table 5.2.3.1.13.0-2 and Table 5.2.3.1.13.0-3 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On, for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 5.2.3.1.13_1.3.3.
5.2.3.1.13_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH in TRxP#1 and TRxP#2 via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI (Table 5.2.3.1.13_1.3.3_1-2), to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.1.13_1.4-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR for TRxP#1 and TRxP#2 according to Table 5.2.3.1.13_1.4-1.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.1.5-1 in Annex G clause G.1.5.
5.2.3.1.13_1.3.3 Message contents
5.2.3.1.13_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
As defined in clause 5.4.2 of TS 38.508-1 [6] with the following exceptions:
Table 5.2.3.1.13_1.3.3_1-1: PDCCH-ControlResourceSet (Preamble)
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4],Table 5.4.2.0-6 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
ControlResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
tci-PresentInDCI |
enabled |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.13_1.3.3_1-2: Physical layer parameters for DCI format 1_1
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.3.6.1.2.2-1 |
||||
Parameter |
Value |
Value in binary |
Condition |
|
Antenna port(s) |
DMRS port 0 and 1 |
“0111” |
||
Transmission configuration indication |
TCI codepoint 0, corresponding to TCI State #1 and #2 |
“000” |
Table 5.2.3.1.13_1.3.3_1-3: PDSCH-Config
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-26 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
tci-StatesToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1.. maxNrofTCI-States)) OF TCI-State { |
2 entries |
||
TCI-State[1] SEQUENCE { |
TCI-state-0 |
||
tci-StateId |
0 |
||
qcl-type1 SEQUENCE { |
|||
cell |
Not present |
||
bwp-Id |
Not present |
||
referenceSignal CHOICE { |
|||
ssb |
SSB-Index |
||
} |
|||
qcl-Type |
typeC |
||
} |
|||
} |
|||
TCI-State[2] |
TCI-state-1 |
||
tci-StateId |
1 |
||
qcl-type1 SEQUENCE { |
|||
cell |
Not present |
||
bwp-Id |
Not present |
||
referenceSignal CHOICE { |
|||
csi-rs |
1 |
||
} |
|||
qcl-Type |
typeA |
||
} |
|||
} |
|||
TCI-State[3] |
TCI-state-2 |
||
tci-StateId |
2 |
||
qcl-type1 SEQUENCE { |
|||
cell |
Not present |
||
bwp-Id |
Not present |
||
referenceSignal CHOICE { |
|||
csi-rs |
5 |
||
} |
|||
qcl-Type |
typeA |
||
} |
|||
} |
|||
} |
|||
prb-BundlingType CHOICE { |
|||
staticBundling SEQUENCE { |
|||
bundleSize |
wideband |
||
} |
|||
} |
|||
repetitionSchemeConfig-r16 CHOICE { |
|||
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
fdm-TDM-r16 CHOICE { |
|||
setup SEQUENCE { |
|||
repetitionScheme-r16 |
fdmSchemeA |
||
startingSymbolOffsetK-r16 |
Not present |
||
} |
|||
} |
|||
} |
|||
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.13_1.3.3_1-4: CSI-RS-ResourceMapping for TRS
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-9 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-RS-ResourceMapping ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
frequencyDomainAllocation CHOICE { |
|||
row1 |
0000 |
For CSI-RS resources 1, 2, 3, 4 |
|
0001 |
For CSI-RS resources 5,6,7,8 |
||
} |
|||
nrofPorts |
p1 |
||
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain |
6 |
For CSI-RS resources 1,3,5,7 |
|
10 |
For CSI-RS resources 2,4,6,8 |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.13_1.3.3_1-5: CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset for TRS
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-10 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE { |
|||
slots20 |
10 |
For CSI-RS resources 1,2,5,6 |
|
slots20 |
11 |
For CSI-RS resources 3,4,7,8 |
|
} |
5.2.3.1.13_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.3.1.13_1.3.3_1.
5.2.3.1.13_1.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.1.13.0-3 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.1.13_1.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.1.13_1.4-1: Test requirement for Rank 2
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition(Note 1) |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration (Note 2) |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) (Note 3) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-2.5 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.54 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×2, ULA Low |
70 |
11.9 |
Note 1: The propagation conditions apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 and are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to SNR of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 as defined in 4.4.2 |
5.2.3.1.14 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH Single-DCI based Inter-slot TDM scheme performance
5.2.3.1.14.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.14.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.1.14.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.1.14.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.1.14.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify PDSCH performance under 4 receive antenna conditions when UE is configured with repetitionNumber-r16 with multiple slot level PDSCH transmission occasions of the same TB with two TCI states defined in clause 5.1 of TS 38.214 [12] |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.1.14.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
||||
TRxP #1(Note 1) |
TRxP #2(Note 1) |
|||||
Transmit TRxP of SSB |
TRxP #1 |
|||||
PDCCH configuration |
TCI state |
TCI State #1 |
||||
CORESETPoolIndex |
Not configured |
|||||
CSI-RS for tracking |
First subcarrier index in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
k0=0 for CSI-RS resources 1,2,3,4 |
k0=1 for CSI-RS resources 5,6,7,8 |
|||
First OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resources 1 and 3 l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resources 2 and 4 |
l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resources 5 and 7 l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resources 6 and 8 |
||||
Number of CSI-RS ports (X) |
1 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4 |
1 for CSI-RS resource 5,6,7,8 |
||||
CDM Type |
‘No CDM’ for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 |
|||||
Density |
3 |
|||||
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
20 |
||||
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
10 for CSI-RS resources 1 and 2 11 for CSI-RS resources 3 and 4 |
10 for CSI-RS resources 5 and 6 11 for CSI-RS resources 7 and 8 |
|||
QCL info |
TCI state #0 |
|||||
Duplex mode |
FDD |
|||||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
|||||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
||||
k0 |
0 |
|||||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
|||||
Length (L) |
12 |
|||||
Repetition number |
2 |
|||||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
|||||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
|||||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
|||||
RBG size |
Config2 |
|||||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
|||||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
|||||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
Antenna port indexes |
1000 |
1000 |
|||
TCI state |
TCI State #1 |
TCI State #2 |
||||
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|||||
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
|||||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
|||||
TCI State #1 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
CSI-RS resource 1 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking’ configuration |
N/A |
||
QCL Type |
Type A |
N/A |
||||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
N/A |
|||
QCL Type |
N/A |
N/A |
||||
TCI State #2 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
CSI-RS resource 5 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking’ configuration |
||
QCL Type |
N/A |
Type A |
||||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
N/A |
|||
QCL Type |
N/A |
N/A |
||||
Timing offset of the second TRxP from the first TRxP |
us |
2 |
||||
Frequency offset of the second TRxP from the first TRxP |
Hz |
200 |
||||
Number of HARQ Processes |
4 |
|||||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
2 |
|||||
Precoding configuration |
SP Type I, independent precoding generation is applied for both TRxPs, random per slot with PRB bundling granularity |
|||||
Note 1: PDSCH transmission is done from both TRxPs |
Table 5.2.3.1.14.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition (Note 1) |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration Note 2) |
Reference value |
|
BLER (%) |
SNR (dB) (Note 4) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-11.2 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.54 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
1 (Note 3) |
-0.4 |
Note 1: The propagation conditions apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 and are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2. Note 3: BLER is defined as residual BLER; i.e. ratio of incorrectly received transport blocks / sent transport blocks, independently of the number HARQ transmission(s) for each transport block. Note 4: SNR corresponds to SNR of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 as defined in 4.4.2 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5], clause 5.2.3.1.14.
5.2.3.1.14_1 4Rx FDD FR1 PDSCH Single-DCI based Inter-slot TDM scheme performance – 2×4 MIMO for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.1.14_1.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH performance under 4 receive antenna conditions when UE is configured with repetitionNumber-r16 with multiple slot level PDSCH transmission occasions of the same TB with two TCI states.
5.2.3.1.14_1.2 Test applicability
Test 1-1 applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward supporting capability IE supportTDM-SchemeA-r16.
5.2.3.1.14_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.1.14_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.9 for TE diagram and section A.3.2.5 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 5.2-1, Table 5.2.3.1.14.0-2 and Table 5.2.3.1.14.0-3 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On, for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 5.2.3.1.14_1.3.3.
5.2.3.1.14_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH in TRxP#1 and TRxP#2 via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI (Table 5.2.3.1.14_1.3.3_1-2), to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.1.14_1.4-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR for TRxP#1 and TRxP#2 according to Table 5.2.3.1.14_1.4-1.
3. Measure the residual BLER for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of correctly and incorrectly received transport blocks based on ACK/NACK feedback on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to clause G.1.4 and Table G.1.5-1a in Annex G clause G.1.5.
5.2.3.1.14_1.3.3 Message contents
5.2.3.1.14_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
As defined in clause 5.4.2 of TS 38.508-1 [6] with the following exceptions:
Table 5.2.3.1.14_1.3.3_1-1: PDCCH-ControlResourceSet (Preamble)
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [4],Table 5.4.2.0-6 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
ControlResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
tci-PresentInDCI |
enabled |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.14_1.3.3_1-2: Physical layer parameters for DCI format 1_1
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.3.6.1.2.2-1 |
||||
Parameter |
Value |
Value in binary |
Condition |
|
Antenna port(s) |
DMRS port 0 |
“0000” |
||
Transmission configuration indication |
TCI codepoint 0, corresponding to TCI State #1 and #2 |
“000” |
Table 5.2.3.1.14_1.3.3_1-3: PDSCH-Config
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-26 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
tci-StatesToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1.. maxNrofTCI-States)) OF TCI-State { |
2 entries |
||
TCI-State[1] SEQUENCE { |
TCI-state-0 |
||
tci-StateId |
0 |
||
qcl-type1 SEQUENCE { |
|||
cell |
Not present |
||
bwp-Id |
Not present |
||
referenceSignal CHOICE { |
|||
ssb |
SSB-Index |
||
} |
|||
qcl-Type |
typeC |
||
} |
|||
} |
|||
TCI-State[2] |
TCI-state-1 |
||
tci-StateId |
1 |
||
qcl-type1 SEQUENCE { |
|||
cell |
Not present |
||
bwp-Id |
Not present |
||
referenceSignal CHOICE { |
|||
csi-rs |
1 |
||
} |
|||
qcl-Type |
typeA |
||
} |
|||
} |
|||
TCI-State[3] |
TCI-state-2 |
||
tci-StateId |
2 |
||
qcl-type1 SEQUENCE { |
|||
cell |
Not present |
||
bwp-Id |
Not present |
||
referenceSignal CHOICE { |
|||
csi-rs |
5 |
||
} |
|||
qcl-Type |
typeA |
||
} |
|||
} |
|||
} |
|||
pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationList |
Not present |
||
pdsch-TimeDomainAllocationList-r16 CHOICE { |
|||
setup SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofDL-Allocations)) OF PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation-r16 { |
|||
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation-r16[1] SEQUENCE { |
|||
k0-r16 |
Not present |
||
mappingType-r16 |
typeA |
||
startSymbolAndLength-r16 |
44 |
Start symbol(S)=2, Length(L)=4 |
For Slot i, if mod(i, 10) = 7 for i from {0,…,39} |
repetitionNumber-r16 |
2 |
||
} |
|||
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation-r16[2] SEQUENCE { |
|||
k0-r16 |
Not present |
||
mappingType-r16 |
typeA |
||
startSymbolAndLength-r16 |
53 |
Start symbol(S)=2, Length(L)=12 |
For Slot i, if mod(i, 10) = {0,1,2,3,4,5,}) for i from {1,…,39} |
repetitionNumber-r16 |
2 |
||
} |
|||
} |
|||
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.14_1.3.3_1-4: CSI-RS-ResourceMapping for TRS
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-9 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-RS-ResourceMapping ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
frequencyDomainAllocation CHOICE { |
|||
row1 |
0000 |
For CSI-RS resources 1, 2, 3, 4 |
|
0001 |
For CSI-RS resources 5,6,7,8 |
||
} |
|||
nrofPorts |
p1 |
||
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain |
6 |
For CSI-RS resources 1,3,5,7 |
|
10 |
For CSI-RS resources 2,4,6,8 |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.1.14_1.3.3_1-5: CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset for TRS
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-10 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE { |
|||
slots20 |
10 |
For CSI-RS resources 1,2,5,6 |
|
slots20 |
11 |
For CSI-RS resources 3,4,7,8 |
|
} |
5.2.3.1.14_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.3.1.14_1.3.3_1.
5.2.3.1.14_1.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.1.14.0-3 defines the primary level settings.
The residual BLER specified in Note 3 of Table 5.2.3.1.14_1.4-1 test shall meet or be lower than the specified value in Table 5.2.3.1.14_1.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.1.14_1.4-1: Test requirement for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition (Note 1) |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration (Note 2) |
Reference value |
|
BLER (%) |
SNR (dB) (Note 4) |
||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-11.2 FDD |
10 / 15 |
16QAM, 0.54 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
1 (Note 3) |
0.6 |
Note 1: The propagation conditions apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 and are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2. Note 3: BLER is defined as residual BLER; i.e. ratio of incorrectly received transport blocks / sent transport blocks, independently of the number HARQ transmission(s) for each transport block. Note 4: SNR corresponds to SNR of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 as defined in 4.4.2 |
5.2.3.2 TDD
5.2.3.2.1 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH mapping Type A performance
5.2.3.2.1.0 Minimum conformance requirements for PDSCH Mapping Type A
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-3, Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-4, Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-5 and Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-6, with the test parameters defined in Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.2.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify the PDSCH mapping Type A normal performance under4 receive antenna conditions and with different channel models, MCSs and number of MIMO layers |
1-1, 1-2, 1-3, 1-5, 1-6, 1-7, 1-8, 1-9, 1-10, 1-11, 2-1, 2-2, 3-1, 4-1 |
Verify the PDSCH mapping Type A HARQ soft combining performance under 4 receive antenna conditions. |
1-4 |
Verify the PDSCH mapping Type A performance requirements for Enhanced Receiver Type 1 under 4 receive antenna conditions. |
5-1 |
Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-2: Test Parameters for Testing
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|||||
Duplex mode |
TDD |
||||||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
||||||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
|||||
k0 |
0 |
||||||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
||||||
Length (L) |
Specific to each Reference channel |
||||||
PDSCH aggregation factor |
1 |
||||||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
||||||
PRB bundling size |
4 for Tests 1-1, 1-8, 1-9 WB for Test 3-1 2 for other tests |
||||||
Resource allocation type |
Test 1-2: Type 1 with start RB = 50, LRBs = 6 Other tests: Type 0 |
||||||
RBG size |
Test 1-2: N/A Other tests: Config2 |
||||||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
||||||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
||||||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|||||
Number of additional DMRS |
2 for Tests 1-1, 1-7, 1-8, 1-9, 1-10, 1-11 |
||||||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
||||||
CSI-RS for tracking |
First OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
Tests 1-8, 1-9: l0 = 4 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 3 l0 = 8 for CSI-RS resource 2 and 4 Other tests; Table 5.2-1. |
|||||
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
Test 1-7, 1-10, 1-11: Other tests: Table 5.2-1. |
|||||
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
Test 1-7, 1-10, 1-11: Other tests: Table 5.2-1. |
|||||
Frequency Occupation |
Test 1-7, 1-10, 1-11: Other tests: Table 5.2-1. |
||||||
Number of HARQ Processes |
16 for Test 1-4 10 for Test 1-9 8 for other tests |
||||||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
Specific to each TDD UL-DL pattern and as defined in Annex A.1.2 |
Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-1.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.30-1A |
TDLB100-400 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-4.1 |
1-2 |
R.PDSCH.2-1.2 TDD |
40 / 30 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLC300-100 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-2.7 |
1-3 |
R.PDSCH.2-4.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
256QAM, 0.82 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
21.6 |
1-4 |
R.PDSCH.2-2.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLC300-100 |
2×4, ULA Low |
30 |
-1.2 |
1-5 |
R.PDSCH.2-5.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.30-2 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-3.8 |
1-6 |
R.PDSCH.2-6.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.30-3 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-3.6 |
1-7 |
R.PDSCH.2-10.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
FR1.30-1 |
HST-1000 |
1×4 |
70 |
3.4 |
1-8 |
R.PDSCH.2-11.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.30-5 |
TDLB100-400 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-4.0 |
1-9 |
R.PDSCH.2-12.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.30-6 |
TDLB100-400 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-4.0 |
1-10 |
R.PDSCH.2-10.2 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLC300-1200 |
2×4 |
70 |
5.8 |
1-11 |
R.PDSCH.2-10.3 TDD |
40 / 30 |
64QAM, 0.43 |
FR1.30-1 |
HST-1667 |
1×4 |
70 |
6.8 |
Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-4: Minimum performance for Rank 2
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
2-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-3.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
13.6 |
2-2 |
R.PDSCH.2-9.1 TDD |
20 / 30 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
FR1.30-4 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
13.7 |
Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-5: Minimum performance for Rank 3
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
3-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-2.3 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Low |
70 |
11.1 |
Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-6: Minimum performance for Rank 4
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
4-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-2.4 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Low |
70 |
15.4 |
Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-7: Minimum performance for Rank 3 and EnhancedReceiver Type 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
5-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-2.3 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Medium A |
70 |
22.9 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5] clause 5.2.3.2.1.
5.2.3.2.1_1 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH mapping Type A performance – 2×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.2.1_1.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH mapping Type A normal performance under 4 receive antenna conditions and with different channel models, MCSs and number of MIMO layers for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) to achieve a certain throughput and as well verify the HARQ soft combining with default baseline receiver configuration, for Rank 1 and Rank 2 scenarios.
5.2.3.2.1_1.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward, supporting 4Rx antenna ports.
This test also applies to all types of EUTRA UE release 15 and forward supporting EN-DC and 4Rx antenna ports.
5.2.3.2.1_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.2.1_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.4 for TE diagram and clause A.3.2.5 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 5.2-1 and Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-2 and as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 5.2.3.2.1_1.4.3.
5.2.3.2.1_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-3 and Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-4. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.4-1 and 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.4-2 as appropriate.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.1.5-1 in Annex G clause G.1.5.
4. Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each subtest in Tables 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.4-1 and 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.4-2 as appropriate.
5.2.3.2.1_1.3.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clauses 4.6.1 and 5.4.2.
5.2.3.2.1_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
Table 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.3_1-1: BWP
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-8 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
BWP ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
locationAndBandwidth |
13750 |
For Test 2-2 (20MHz BW, SCS 30kHz) |
|
28875 |
For other tests (40MHz BW, SCS 30kHz) |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.3_1-2: PDSCH-Config
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-26 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
prb-BundlingType CHOICE { |
|||
staticBundling SEQUENCE { |
|||
bundleSize |
n4 |
n4 for tests 1-1, 1-8, 1-9 |
|
wideband |
wideband for test 3-1 |
||
Not present |
n2 for other tests |
||
} |
|||
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.3_1-3: DMRS-DownlinkConfig
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-24 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
DMRS-DownlinkConfig ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
dmrs-AdditionalPosition |
pos1 |
pos1 for all tests except tests 1-1, 1-7, 1-8, 1-9 |
|
Not present |
pos2 for tests 1-1, 1-7, 1-8, 1-9, 1-10, 1-11 |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.3_1-4: PDSCH-ServingCellConfig
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-25 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-ServingCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
nrofHARQ-ProcessesForPDSCH |
Not present |
n8 for other tests |
|
n16 |
n16 for test 1-4 |
||
n10 |
n10 for test 1-9 |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.3_1-5: CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset for CSI Tracking
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-43 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE { |
|||
Slots20 |
1 (for CSI-RS resources 1 and 2) 2 (for CSI-RS resources 3 and 4) |
Periodicity 20 slots and offset 1/2 for test 1-7, 1-10, 1-11 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.3_1-5A: CSI-RS-ResourceMapping for TRS
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-45 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-RS-ResourceMapping ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain |
4 |
For Tests 1-8, 1-9: l0 = 4 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 3 |
TRS |
8 |
For Tests 1-8, 1-9: l0 = 8 for CSI-RS resource 2 and 4 |
TRS |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.3_1-6: CSI-FrequencyOccupation for CSI Tracking
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-11 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-FrequencyOccupation ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
nrofRBs |
52 |
52 for tests 1-7, 1-10, 1-11, 2-2 |
TRS |
108 |
108 for other tests |
TRS |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.3_1-7: RACH-ConfigGeneric
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-130 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
RACH-ConfigGeneric ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
prach-ConfigurationIndex |
163 |
Only for test 2-2 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.3_1-8: SchedulingRequestResourceConfig
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-157 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
SchedulingRequestResourceConfig ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
periodicityAndOffset CHOICE { |
|||
sl20 |
7 |
For test 1-9 |
|
sl20 |
5 |
For test 2-2 |
|
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.3_1-9: Physical layer parameters for DCI format 1_1
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-1 |
|||
Parameter |
Value |
Value in binary |
Condition |
PUCCH resource indicator |
PUCCH-ResourceId[1] = 6 in pucch-ResourceSetID[1] or PUCCH-ResourceId[1] = 14 in pucch-ResourceSetID[2] as defined in Table 4.6.3-112 (Mapping as per Table 9.2.3-2 in TS 38.213) |
‘110’B |
Slot S1 for test 1-9 |
Table 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.3_1-10: PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-27 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList::= SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxNrofDL-Allocations)) OF { |
3 entry |
Test 1-5, Test 1-6 |
|
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation[1] SEQUENCE { |
|||
K0 |
Not present |
||
mappingType |
typeA |
||
startSymbolAndLength |
44 |
Start symbol(S)=2, Length(L)=4 |
|
} |
|||
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation[2] SEQUENCE { |
|||
K0 |
Not present |
||
mappingType |
typeA |
||
startSymbolAndLength |
53 |
Start symbol(S)=2, Length(L)=12 |
|
} |
|||
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation[3] SEQUENCE { |
|||
K0 |
Not present |
||
mappingType |
typeA |
||
startSymbolAndLength |
53 |
Start symbol(S)=2, Length(L)=12 |
|
} |
|||
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList::= SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxNrofDL-Allocations)) OF { |
2 entry |
Test 1-8 |
|
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation[1] SEQUENCE { |
|||
K0 |
Not present |
||
mappingType |
typeA |
||
startSymbolAndLength |
53 |
Start symbol(S)=2, Length(L)=12 |
|
} |
|||
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation[2] SEQUENCE { |
|||
K0 |
Not present |
||
mappingType |
typeA |
||
startSymbolAndLength |
81 |
Start symbol(S)=2, Length(L)=10 |
|
} |
|||
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList::= SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxNrofDL-Allocations)) OF { |
5 entry |
Test 1-9 |
|
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation[1] SEQUENCE { |
|||
K0 |
Not present |
||
mappingType |
typeA |
||
startSymbolAndLength |
53 |
Start symbol(S)=2, Length(L)=12 |
|
} |
|||
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation[2] SEQUENCE { |
|||
K0 |
Not present |
||
mappingType |
typeA |
||
startSymbolAndLength |
100 |
Start symbol(S)=2, Length(L)=8 |
|
} |
|||
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation[3] SEQUENCE { |
|||
K0 |
Not present |
||
mappingType |
typeA |
||
startSymbolAndLength |
81 |
Start symbol(S)=2, Length(L)=10 |
|
} |
|||
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation[4] SEQUENCE { |
|||
K0 |
Not present |
||
mappingType |
typeA |
||
startSymbolAndLength |
53 |
Start symbol(S)=2, Length(L)=12 |
|
} |
|||
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation[5] SEQUENCE { |
|||
K0 |
Not present |
||
mappingType |
typeA |
||
startSymbolAndLength |
53 |
Start symbol(S)=2, Length(L)=12 |
|
} |
|||
} |
5.2.3.2.1_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.3_1
5.2.3.2.1_1.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-2 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A clause A.3.2.1 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.2.1_1.4-1 and Table 5.2.3.2.1_1.4-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.2.1_1.4-1: Test Requirements for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-1.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.30-1A |
TDLB100-400 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-3.1 |
1-2 |
R.PDSCH.2-1.2 TDD |
40 / 30 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLC300-100 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-1.7 |
1-3 |
R.PDSCH.2-4.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
256QAM, 0.82 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
22.5 |
1-4 |
R.PDSCH.2-2.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLC300-100 |
2×4, ULA Low |
30 |
-0.3 |
1-5 |
R.PDSCH.2-5.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.30-2 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-2.8 |
1-6 |
R.PDSCH.2-6.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.30-3 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-2.6 |
1-7 |
R.PDSCH.2-10.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
FR1.30-1 |
HST-1000 |
1×4 |
70 |
4.3 |
1-8 |
R.PDSCH.2-11.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.30-5 |
TDLB100-400 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-3.1 |
1-9 |
R.PDSCH.2-12.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.30-6 |
TDLB100-400 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-3.1 |
1-10 |
R.PDSCH.2-10.2 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLC300-1200 |
2×4 |
70 |
6.7 |
1-11 |
R.PDSCH.2-10.3 TDD |
40 / 30 |
64QAM, 0.43 |
FR1.30-1 |
HST-1667 |
1×4 |
70 |
7.7 |
Table 5.2.3.2.1_1.4-2: Test Requirements for Rank 2
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
2-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-3.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
14.6 |
2-2 |
R.PDSCH.2-9.1 TDD |
20 / 30 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
FR1.30-4 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
14.7 |
5.2.3.2.1_2 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH mapping Type A performance – 4×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.2.1_2.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH mapping Type A normal performance under 4 receive antenna conditions and with different channel models, MCSs and number of MIMO layers for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) to achieve a certain throughput and as well verify the HARQ soft combining with default baseline receiver configuration, for Rank 3 and Rank 4 scenarios.
5.2.3.2.1_2.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward supporting 4 Rx antenna ports.
This test also applies to all types of EUTRA UE release 15 and forward supporting EN-DC and 4 Rx antenna ports.
5.2.3.2.1_2.3 Test description
Same test description as in clause 5.2.3.2.1_1.3 with the following exception:
– Figure A.3.1.7.5 instead of A.3.1.7.4
– Step 1 of Test procedure as in clause 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.2 to call for Tables 5.2.3.2.1.0-5 and 5.2.3.2.1.0-6 instead of Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-3 and 5.2.3.2.1.0-4.
– Step 2 and 4 of Test procedure as in clause 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.2 to call for Tables 5.2.3.2.1_2.3.4-1 and 5.2.3.2.1_2.4-2 instead of Tables 5.2.3.2.1_1.4-1 and 5.2.3.2.1_1.4-2.
5.2.3.2.1_2.3.1 Void
5.2.3.2.1_2.3.2 Void
5.2.3.2.1_2.3.3 Void
5.2.3.2.1_2.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-5 and Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-6 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A A.3.2.1 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.2.1_2.4-1 andTable 5.2.3.2.1_2.4-2 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.2.1_2.4-1: Test Requirements for Rank 3
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
3-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-2.3 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Low |
70 |
12.1 |
Table 5.2.3.2.1_2.4-2: Test Requirements for Rank 4
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
4-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-2.4 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Low |
70 |
16.4 |
5.2.3.2.1_3 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH mapping Type A performance – 2×4 MIMO with enhanced receiver type 1 for both SA and NSA
FFS
5.2.3.2.1_4 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH mapping Type A performance – 4×4 MIMO with enhanced receiver type 1 for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.2.1_4.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH mapping Type A enhanced performance under 4 receive antenna conditions for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) to achieve a certain throughput and as well verify the HARQ soft combining with default enhanced receiver type 1 configuration, for Rank 3 scenario.
5.2.3.2.1_4.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward supporting 4 Rx antenna ports and NR enhanced receiver type 1.
This test also applies to all types of EUTRA UE release 15 and forward supporting EN-DC, 4 Rx antenna ports and NR enhanced receiver type1.
5.2.3.2.1_4.3 Test description
Same test description as in clause 5.2.3.2.1_2.3 with the following exception:
– Step 1 of Test procedure as in clause 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.2 to call for Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-7 instead of Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-3 and 5.2.3.2.1.0-4.
– Step 2 and 4 of Test procedure as in clause 5.2.3.2.1_1.3.2 to call for Table 5.2.3.2.1_4.4-1 instead of Tables 5.2.3.2.1_1.4-1 and 5.2.3.2.1_1.4-2.
5.2.3.2.1_4.3.1 Void
5.2.3.2.1_4.3.2 Void
5.2.3.2.1_4.3.3 Void
5.2.3.2.1_4.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.2.1.0-7 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A A.3.2.1 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.2.1_4.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.2.1_4.4-1: Test Requirements for Rank 3 and Enhanced Receiver Type 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
5-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-2.3 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Medium A |
70 |
23.9 |
5.2.3.2.2 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH mapping Type A and CSI-RS overlapped with PDSCH performance
5.2.3.2.2.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.2.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.2.2.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.2.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.2.2.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify the PDSCH mapping Type A normal performance under 4 receive antenna conditions and CSI-RS overlapped with PDSCH |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.2.2.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
Duplex mode |
TDD |
||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
|
k0 |
0 |
||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
||
Length (L) |
12 |
||
PDSCH aggregation factor |
1 |
||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
||
RBG size |
Config2 |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
||
NZP CSI-RS for CSI acquisition |
OFDM symbols in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
l0 = 13 |
|
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
5 |
|
ZP CSI-RS for CSI acquisition |
Subcarrier index in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
(k0, k1, k2, k3)=(2, 4, 6, 8) |
|
Number of CSI-RS ports (X) |
8 |
||
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
5 |
|
Number of HARQ Processes |
8 |
||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
Specific to each TDD UL-DL pattern and as defined in Annex A.1.2 |
Table 5.2.3.2.2.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 2
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-7.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLC300-100 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
9.0 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5] clause 5.2.3.2.2.
5.2.3.2.2_1 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH mapping Type A and CSI-RS overlapped with PDSCH performance – 2×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.2.2_1.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH mapping Type A normal performance under 4 receive antenna conditions for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) to achieve a certain throughput and as well verify the HARQ soft combining with default baseline receiver configuration for CSI-RS overlapped with PDSCH scenario.
5.2.3.2.2_1.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward supporting 4 Rx antenna ports.
This test also applies to all types of EUTRA UE release 15 and forward supporting EN-DC and 4 Rx antenna ports.
5.2.3.2.2_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.2.2_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.4 for TE diagram and clause A.3.2.5 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 5.2-1 and 5.2.3.2.2.0-2 and as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2, C.3.1 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message content are defined in clause 5.2.3.2.2_1.3.3.
5.2.3.2.2_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.2.2.0-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 5.2.3.2.2_1.4-1 as appropriate.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.1.5-12 in Annex G clause G.1.5.
5.2.3.2.2_1.3.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.6.1 and 5.4.2.
5.2.3.2.2_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
Table 5.2.3.2.2_1.3.3_1-1: PDSCH-ServingCellConfig
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-25 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-ServingCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
nrofHARQ-ProcessesForPDSCH |
Not present |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.2_1.3.3_1-2: NZP CSI-RS-ResourceMapping for CSI Acquisition
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-15 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-RS-ResourceMapping ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain |
13 |
l0 = 13 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.2_1.3.3_1-3: CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset for CSI Acquisition
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-16 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE { |
|||
slots5 |
0 |
Periodicity 5 slots and offset 0 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.2_1.3.3_1-4: ZP CSI-RS-ResourceMapping for CSI Acquisition
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], clause5.4.2.0-21 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-RS-ResourceMapping ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
frequencyDomainAllocation CHOICE { |
|||
other |
011110 |
(k0, k1, k2, k3)=(2, 4, 6, 8) |
|
} |
|||
nrofPorts |
P8 |
Eight Ports |
|
freqBand |
CSI-FrequencyOccupation |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.2_1.3.3_1-4A: ZP CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset for CSI Acquisition
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-16 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE { |
|||
slots5 |
0 |
Periodicity 5 slots and offset 0 |
|
} |
5.2.3.2.2_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.3.2.2_1.3.3_1
5.2.3.2.2_1.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.2.2.0-3 define the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A.3.2.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.2.2_1.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.2.2_1.4-1: Test Requirement for Rank 2
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-7.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLC300-100 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
9.9 |
5.2.3.2.3 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH mapping Type B performance
5.2.3.2.3.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.3.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.2.3.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.3.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.2.3.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
PDSCH mapping Type B performance under 4 receive antenna conditions |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.2.3.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
Duplex mode |
TDD |
||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type B |
|
k0 |
0 |
||
Starting symbol (S) |
5 |
||
Length (L) |
7 |
||
PDSCH aggregation factor |
1 |
||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
||
RBG size |
Config2 |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
||
Number of HARQ Processes |
8 |
||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
Specific to each TDD UL-DL pattern and as defined in Annex A.1.2 |
Table 5.2.3.2.3.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH,2-1.3 TDD |
40 / 30 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-3.9 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5] clause 5.2.3.2.3.
5.2.3.2.3_1 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH mapping Type B performance – 2×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.2.3_1.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH mapping Type B normal performance under 4 receive antenna conditions for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) to achieve a certain throughput with baseline receiver configuration.
5.2.3.2.3_1.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward supporting 4 Rx antenna ports and PDSCH mapping type B.
This test also applies to all types of EUTRA UE release 15 and forward supporting EN-DC and 4 Rx antenna ports and PDSCH mapping type B.
5.2.3.2.3_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.2.3_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D.
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.4 for TE diagram and clause A.3.2.5 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Tables 5.2-1 and 5.2.3.2.3.0-2 and as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2, C.3.1 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message content are defined in clause 5.2.3.2.3_1.3.3.
5.2.3.2.3_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.2.3.0-2. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 5.2.3.2.3_1.4-1 as appropriate.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.1.5-1 in Annex G clause G.1.5.
5.2.3.2.3_1.3.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.6.1 and 5.4.2.
5.2.3.2.3_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
Table 5.2.3.2.3_1.3.3_1-1: PDSCH-ServingCellConfig
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-25 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-ServingCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
nrofHARQ-ProcessesForPDSCH |
Not present |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.3_1.3.3_1-2: PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2-19 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList::= SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxNrofDL-Allocations)) OF { |
2 entry |
||
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation[1] SEQUENCE { |
|||
K0 |
Not present |
||
mappingType |
typeB |
||
startSymbolAndLength |
89 |
Start symbol(S)=5, Length(L)=7 |
|
} |
|||
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation[2] SEQUENCE { |
|||
K0 |
Not present |
||
mappingType |
typeA |
||
startSymbolAndLength |
53 |
Start symbol(S)=2, Length(L)=12 |
|
} |
|||
} |
5.2.3.2.3_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.3.2.3_1.3.3_1
5.2.3.2.3_1.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.2.3.0-3 define the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A.3.2.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.2.3_1.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.2.3_1.4-1: Test Requirement for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH,2-1.3 TDD |
40 / 30 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-2.9 |
5.2.3.2.4 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH mapping Type A performance
5.2.3.2.4.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.4.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.2.4.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.4.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.2.4.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify the PDSCH mapping Type A normal performance under 4 receive antenna conditions with CRS rate matching configured |
1-1, 1-2 |
Table 5.2.3.2.4.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
Duplex mode |
TDD |
||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
||
NR UL transmission with a 7.5 kHz shift to the LTE raster |
true |
||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
|
k0 |
0 |
||
Starting symbol (S) |
3 |
||
Length (L) |
9 for Test 1-1 |
||
PDSCH aggregation factor |
1 |
||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
||
RBG size |
Config2 |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|
Position of the first DM-RS for downlink |
3 |
||
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
||
CRS for rate matching (Note 1) |
LTE carrier centre subcarrier location |
Same as NR carrier centre subcarrier location |
|
LTE carrier BW |
MHz |
10 |
|
Number of antenna ports |
4 |
||
v-shift |
0 |
||
Number of HARQ Processes |
8 |
||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
Specific to each TDD UL-DL pattern and as defined in Annex A.1.2 |
||
Note 1: No MBSFN is configured on LTE carrier |
Table 5.2.3.2.4.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-1.1 TDD |
10 / 15 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.15-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-3.6 |
1-2 |
R.PDSCH.1-1.2 TDD |
10 / 15 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.15-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-3.5 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5] clause 5.2.3.2.4.
5.2.3.2.4_1 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH Mapping Type A and LTE-NR coexistence performance – 4×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.2.4_1.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH mapping Type A coexistence performance under 4 receive antenna conditions for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) to achieve a certain throughput with baseline receiver configuration.
5.2.3.2.4_1.2 Test applicability
Test 1-1 applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward supporting 4 Rx antenna ports and capability IE rateMatchingLTE-CRS but not supporting capability IE additionalDMRS-DL-Alt.
Test 1-1 also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 15 and forward supporting EN-DC and 4 Rx antenna ports and capability IE rateMatchingLTE-CRS but not supporting capability IE additionalDMRS-DL-Alt.
Test 1-2 applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward supporting 4 Rx antenna ports and capability IE additionalDMRS-DL-Alt and rateMatchingLTE-CRS.
Test 1-2 also applies to all types of E-UTRA UE release 15 and forward supporting EN-DC and 4 Rx antenna ports and and capability IE additionalDMRS-DL-Alt and rateMatchingLTE-CRS.
5.2.3.2.4_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.2.4_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Same as 5.2.2.2.4_1.3.1 with the following exceptions:
– Use Figure A.3.1.7.5 for TE diagram
– Use Figure A.3.2.5 for UE diagram
– Instead of 5.2.2.2.4.x 🡪 refer 5.2.3.2.4.x
5.2.3.2.4_1.3.2 Test procedure
Same as 5.2.2.2.4_1.3.2 with the following exceptions:
– Instead of 5.2.2.2.4.x 🡪 refer 5.2.3.2.4.x
5.2.3.2.4_1.3.3 Message contents
Same as 5.2.2.2.4_1.3.3
5.2.3.2.4_1.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.2.4.0-3 define the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A.3.2.2 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.2.4_1.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.2.4_1.4-1: Test Requirement for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-1.1 TDD |
10 / 15 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.15-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-2.6 |
1-2 |
R.PDSCH.1-1.2 TDD |
10 / 15 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.15-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
4×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-2.5 |
5.2.3.2.5 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH 0.001% BLER performance
5.2.3.2.5.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.5.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.2.5.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.5.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.2.5.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify the PDSCH 0.001% BLER performance under 4 receive antenna conditions |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.2.5.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
Duplex mode |
TDD |
||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
|
k0 |
0 |
||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
||
Length (L) |
12 |
||
PDSCH aggregation factor |
1 |
||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
||
RBG size |
Config2 |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
||
Maximum number of HARQ transmission |
1 |
||
Number of HARQ Processes |
8 |
||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
Defined in Annex A.1.2 for TDD pattern FR1.30-1 |
Table 5.2.3.2.5.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Target BLER |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-1.4 TDD |
40 / 30 |
QPSK, 0.59 |
FR1.30-1 |
AWGN |
1×4, ULA Low |
0.001% |
0.7 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5], clause 5.2.3.2.5.
5.2.3.2.5_1 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH 0.001% BLER performance – 1×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.2.5_1.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH 0.001% BLER performance under 4 receive antenna conditions.
5.2.3.2.5_1.2 Test applicability
Test 1-1 applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward supporting capability IE dl-64QAM-MCS-TableAlt and capability IE cqi-TableAlt.
5.2.3.2.5_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.2.5_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.3 for TE diagram and section A.3.2.3 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 5.2-1, Table 5.2.3.2.5.0-2 and Table 5.2.3.2.5.0-3 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On, for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 5.2.3.2.5_1.3.3.
5.2.3.2.5_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.2.5.0-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 5.2.3.2.5_1.3.4-1.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.4. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.4.3-1 in Annex G.
5.2.3.2.5_1.3.3 Message contents
5.2.3.2.5_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
As defined in clause 5.4.2 of TS 38.508-1 [6] with the following exceptions:
Table 5.2.3.2.5_1.3.3_1-1: PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2-19 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList::= SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxNrofDL-Allocations)) OF { |
2 entry |
FR1 |
|
mcs-Table |
qam64LowSE |
||
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation[1] SEQUENCE { |
|||
k0 |
Not present |
||
mappingType |
typeA |
||
startSymbolAndLength |
53 |
Start symbol(S)=2, Length(L)=12 |
|
} |
|||
} |
5.2.3.2.5_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.3.2.5_1.3.3_1.
5.2.3.2.5_1.3.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.2.5.0-3 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.2.5_1.3.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.2.5_1.3.4-1: Test requirement for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Target BLER |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-1.4 TDD |
40 / 30 |
QPSK, 0.59 |
FR1.30-1 |
AWGN |
1×4, ULA Low |
0.001% |
1.3 |
5.2.3.2.6 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH repetitions over multiple slots performance
5.2.3.2.6.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.6.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.2.6.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.6.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.2.6.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify the PDSCH repetitions over multiple slots performance under 4 receive antenna conditions |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.2.6.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
Duplex mode |
TDD |
||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
|
k0 |
0 |
||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
||
Length (L) |
12 |
||
PDSCH aggregation factor |
2 |
||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
||
RBG size |
Config2 |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
||
Number of HARQ Processes |
4 |
||
The number of slots between final repetition of PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
Specific to each TDD UL-DL pattern and as defined in Annex A.1.2 (Note 1) |
||
Note 1: ACK/NACK feedback is generated for PDSCH on slot i, where mod(i,10) = {2, 4, 6}. |
Table 5.2.3.2.6.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Target BLER |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.1-16.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.54 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
1% (Note 1) |
-2.6 |
Note 1: BLER is defined as residual BLER; i.e. ratio of incorrectly received transport blocks / sent transport blocks, independently of the number HARQ transmission(s) for each transport block. |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5], clause 5.2.3.2.6.
5.2.3.2.6_1 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH repetitions over multiple slots performance – 2×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.2.6_1.1 Test purpose
To Verify the PDSCH repetitions over multiple slots performance under 4 receive antenna conditions.
5.2.3.2.6_1.2 Test applicability
Test 1-1 applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward supporting capability IE pdsch-RepetitionMultiSlots-r16.
5.2.3.2.6_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.2.6_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-2 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.4 for TE diagram and section A.3.2.5 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 5.3-1, Table 5.2.3.2.6.0-2 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On, for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 5.2.3.2.6_1.3.3.
5.2.3.2.6_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.2.6.0-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC. The UE may expect that the TB is repeated with same symbol allocation among each of the pdsch-AggregationFactor consecutive slots.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 5.2.3.2.6_1.3.4-1.
3. Measure the BLER for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of correctly and incorrectly received transport bloks based on ACK/NACK feedback on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to clause G.1.5 and Table G.1.5-1a in Annex G clause G.1.5.
5.2.3.2.6_1.3.3 Message contents
5.2.3.2.6_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
Same as 5.2.2.1.6_1.3.3_1.
5.2.2.2.6_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for SA
Same as 5.2.2.1.6_1.3.3_1.
5.2.3.2.6_1.3.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.2.6.0-3 defines the primary level settings.
The target BLER percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A.3.2.2 for each BLER test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.2.2.6_1.3.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.2.6_1.3.4-1: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Target BLER |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-16.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.54 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
1% (Note 1) |
[-1.9] |
Note 1: BLER is defined as residual BLER; i.e. ratio of incorrectly received transport blocks / sent transport blocks, independently of the number HARQ transmission(s) for each transport block. |
5.2.3.2.7 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH Mapping Type B and UE processing capability 2 performance
5.2.3.2.7.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.7.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.2.7.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.7.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.2.7.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify PDSCH mapping Type B performance and UE processing capability 2 under four receive antenna conditions |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.2.7.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
Duplex mode |
TDD |
||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type B |
|
k0 |
0 |
||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
||
Length (L) |
2 |
||
PDSCH aggregation factor |
1 |
||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
||
RBG size |
Config2 |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|
Number of additional DMRS |
0 |
||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
||
Maximum number of HARQ transmission |
1 |
||
Number of HARQ Processes |
2 |
||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
0 |
Table 5.2.3.2.7.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-17.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.30-2 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-2.5 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5], clause 5.2.3.2.7.
5.2.3.2.7_1 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH Mapping Type B and UE processing capability 2 performance – 2×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.2.7_1.1 Test purpose
To verify PDSCH mapping Type B performance and UE processing capability 2 under four receive antenna conditions.
5.2.3.2.7_1.2 Test applicability
Test 1-1 applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward supporting capability IE pdsch-ProcessingType2.
5.2.3.2.7_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.2.7_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.4 for TE diagram and section A.3.2.5 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 5.2-1, Table 5.2.3.2.7.0-2 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On, for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 5.2.3.2.7_1.3.3.
5.2.3.2.7_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.2.7.0-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 5.2.3.2.7_1.4-1.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.1.5-1 in Annex G clause G.1.5.
5.2.3.2.7_1.3.3 Message contents
5.2.3.2.7_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
As defined in clause 5.4.2 of TS 38.508-1 [6] with the following exceptions:
Table 5.2.3.2.7_1.3.3_1-1: PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2-19 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocationList::= SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..maxNrofDL-Allocations)) OF { |
2 entry |
FR1 |
|
PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation[1] SEQUENCE { |
|||
k0 |
Not present |
||
mappingType |
typeB |
||
startSymbolAndLength |
16 |
Start symbol(S)=2, Length(L)=2 |
|
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.7_1.3.3_1-2: PUCCH-Config
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-112 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PUCCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE { |
FR1 |
||
dl-DataToUL-ACK SEQUENCE (SIZE (1)) OF INTEGER { |
1 entry |
||
INTEGER[1] |
0 |
entry 1 |
|
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.7_1.3.3_1-3: Physical layer parameters for DCI format 1_1
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.3.6.1.2.2-1 |
|||
Parameter |
Value |
Value in binary |
Condition |
PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator |
K1=0 as per dl-DataToUL-ACK in Table 5.2.3.2.7_1.3.3_1-3 |
“000” |
5.2.3.2.7_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.3.2.7_1.3.3_1.
5.2.3.2.7_1.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.2.7.0-3 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.2.7_1.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.2.7_1.4-1: Test requirement for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-17.1 TDD |
40 / 30 |
QPSK, 0.30 |
FR1.30-2 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
-1.5 |
5.2.3.2.8 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH pre-emption performance
5.2.3.2.8.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.8.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.2.8.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.8.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.2.8.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify the PDSCH pre-emption performance under 4 receive antenna conditions |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.2.8.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
Duplex mode |
TDD |
||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
||
PDCCH configuration (Note 4) |
Symbols with PDCCH |
0, 1 |
|
DCI format |
2_1 |
||
timeFrequencySet |
14×1 |
||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
|
k0 |
0 |
||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
||
Length (L) |
12 |
||
PDSCH aggregation factor |
1 |
||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
||
RBG size |
Config2 |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
||
Pre-emption configuration (Note 2) |
Starting symbol (S) |
3 |
|
Length (L) |
2 |
||
Pre-emption periodicity and offset |
Slots |
40/(1,12,23,34) (Note 3) |
|
Number of HARQ Processes |
8 |
||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
FR1.30-1 |
||
Note 1: Void Note 2: Interference modelled as random data on pre-empted REs. Note 3: Pre-emption is scheduled with 10% probability within 20ms periodicity. Note 4: In addition to PDCCH configuration in Table 5.2-1. |
Table 5.2.3.2.8.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH. 2-2.6 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM 0.64 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
8.7 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5], clause 5.2.3.2.8.
5.2.3.2.8_1 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH pre-emption performance – 2×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.2.8_1.1 Test purpose
To Verify the PDSCH pre-emption performance under 4 receive antenna conditions.
5.2.3.2.8_1.2 Test applicability
Test 1-1 applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward supporting capability IE pre-EmptIndication-DL-r16.
5.2.3.2.8_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.2.8_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.4 for TE diagram and section A.3.2.5 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 5.2-1, Table 5.2.3.2.8.0-2 and Table 5.2.3.2.8.0-3 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On, for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 5.2.3.2.8_1.3.3.
5.2.3.2.8_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.2.8.0-3. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. SS transmits PDCCH DCI format 2_1 for int_RNTI with 10% probability to transmit the DL Preemption indication according to Table 5.2.3.2.8.0-2. In the time and frequency set indicated by PDCCH DCI format 2_1, SS stops transmission of PDSCH.
3. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 5.2.3.2.8_1.3.4-1.
4. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.1.5-1 in Annex G clause G.1.5.
5.2.3.2.8_1.3.3 Message contents
5.2.3.2.8_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
Same as 5.2.2.1.8_1.3.3_1
5.2.3.2.8_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.2.1.8_1.3.3_1
5.2.3.2.8_1.3.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.2.8.0-3 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.2.8_1.3.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.2.8_1.3.4-1: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH. 2-2.6 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM 0.64 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
9.7 |
5.2.3.2.9 4Rx TDD FR1 HST-SFN performance
5.2.3.2.9.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.9.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.2.9.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.9.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.2.9.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify PDSCH performance under 4 receive antenna conditions in the HST-SFN scenario defined in B.3.2 when highSpeedDemodFlag-r16 [17] is configured. |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.2.9.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
|
Duplex mode |
TDD |
||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
|
k0 |
0 |
||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
||
Length (L) |
12 |
||
PDSCH aggregation factor |
1 |
||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
||
RBG size |
Config2 |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|
Number of additional DMRS |
2 |
||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
||
CSI-RS for tracking |
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
20 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4. |
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
1 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 22 for CSI-RS resource 3 and 4. |
|
Frequency Occupation |
Start PRB 0 |
||
Number of HARQ Processes |
8 |
||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
Specific to each TDD UL-DL pattern and as defined in Annex A.1.2 |
Table 5.2.3.2.9.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 2
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-10.4 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
FR1.30-1 |
HST-SFN |
2×4 |
70 |
11.7 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5] clause 5.2.3.2.9.
5.2.3.2.9_1 4Rx TDD FR1 HST-SFN performance – 2×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.2.9_1.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH performance under 4 receive antenna conditions in the HST-SFN scenario defined in B.3.2 when highSpeedDemodFlag-r16 IE [20] is configured and with different channel models, MCSs and number of MIMO layers for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) to achieve a certain throughput and as well verify the HARQ soft combining with default baseline receiver configuration, for Rank 2 scenarios.
5.2.3.2.9_1.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward supporting enhanced demodulation processing for HST-SFN joint transmission scheme.
This test also applies to all types of EUTRA UE release 15 and forward supporting EN-DC supporting enhanced demodulation processing for HST-SFN joint transmission scheme.
5.2.3.2.9_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.2.9_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D:
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.4 for TE diagram and clause A.3.2.5 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 5.2-1 and Table 5.2.3.2.9.0-2 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without Release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 5.2.3.2.9_1.3.3.
5.2.3.2.9_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 5.2.3.2.9_1.4-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 5.2.3.2.9_1.4-1 as appropriate.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.1.5-1 in Annex G clause G.1.5.
4. Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each subtest in Tables 5.2.3.2.9_1.4-1 as appropriate.
5.2.3.2.9_1.3.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clauses 4.6.1 and 5.4.2.
5.2.3.2.9_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
Table 5.2.3.2.9_1.3.3_1-1: PDSCH-Config
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-26 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
prb-BundlingType CHOICE { |
|||
staticBundling SEQUENCE { |
|||
bundleSize |
Not present |
n2 for test 1-1 |
|
} |
|||
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.9_1.3.3_1-2: DMRS-DownlinkConfig
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-24 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
DMRS-DownlinkConfig ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
dmrs-AdditionalPosition |
pos2 |
for test 1-1 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.9_1.3.3_1-3: PDSCH-ServingCellConfig
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-25 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-ServingCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
nrofHARQ-ProcessesForPDSCH |
n8 |
for test 1-1 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.9_1.3.3_1-4: CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset for CSI Tracking
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-9 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE { |
|||
Slots20 |
1 for CSI-RS resource #1 and #2 2 for CSI-RS resource #3 and #4 |
For test 1-1: offset = 1 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 2 offset =2 for CSI-RS resource 3 and 4. |
|
} |
5.2.3.2.9_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.3.2.9_1.3.3_1
5.2.3.2.9_1.4 Test requirement
Tables 5.2.3.2.9_1.4-1 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A 3.2.1 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.2.9_1.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.2.9_1.4-1: Test Requirements for Rank 2
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-10.4 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.48 |
FR1.30-1 |
HST-SFN |
2×4 |
70 |
12.3 |
5.2.3.2.10 4Rx TDD FR1 HST DPS performance
5.2.3.2.10.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.10.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.2.10.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.10.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.2.10.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify UE performance in the HST-DPS scenario defined in B.3.3 |
1-1, 1-2 |
Table 5.2.3.2.10.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
||
Duplex mode |
TDD |
|||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
|||
PDCCH configuration |
TCI state |
Note 1 |
||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
||
k0 |
0 |
|||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
|||
Length (L) |
Specific to each Reference channel |
|||
PDSCH aggregation factor |
1 |
|||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
|||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
|||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
|||
RBG size |
Config2 |
|||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
|||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
|||
TCI state |
Note 1 |
|||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
||
Number of additional DMRS |
2 |
|||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
|||
CSI-RS for tracking |
Resource set #1 |
First OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
l0 = 5 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 3 |
|
l0 = 9 for CSI-RS resource 2 and 4 |
||||
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
20 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4 |
||
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
1 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 2 |
||
2 for CSI-RS resource 3 and 4 |
||||
QCL info |
TCI state #2 |
|||
Frequency Occupation |
Start PRB 0 |
|||
Number of PRB = 52 |
||||
Resource set #2 |
First OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resource 5 and 6 |
||
l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resource 7 and 8 |
||||
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
20 for CSI-RS resource 5,6,7,8. |
||
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
1 for CSI-RS resource 5 and 6 |
||
2 for CSI-RS resource 7 and 8 |
||||
QCL info |
TCI state #3 |
|||
Frequency Occupation |
Start PRB 0 |
|||
Number of PRB = 52 |
||||
NZP CSI-RS for CSI acquisition |
Resource set #3 |
First OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
l0 = 12 |
|
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
40 |
||
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
0 |
||
QCL info |
TCI state #0 |
|||
Resource set #4 |
First OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
l0 = 13 |
||
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
40 |
||
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
0 |
||
QCL info |
TCI state #1 |
|||
TCI state #0 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
CSI-RS resource 1 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking Resource set #1’ configuration |
|
QCL Type |
Type A |
|||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
||
QCL Type |
N/A |
|||
TCI state #1 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
CSI-RS resource 5 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking Resource set #2’ configuration |
|
QCL Type |
Type A |
|||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
||
QCL Type |
N/A |
|||
TCI state #2 |
Type 1 QCL information |
SSB index |
SSB #0 |
|
QCL Type |
Type C |
|||
Type 2 QCL information |
SSB index |
N/A |
||
QCL Type |
N/A |
|||
TCI state #3 |
Type 1 QCL information |
SSB index |
SSB #1 |
|
QCL Type |
Type C |
|||
Type 2 QCL information |
SSB index |
N/A |
||
QCL Type |
N/A |
|||
Number of HARQ Processes |
8 |
|||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
Specific to each TDD UL-DL pattern and as defined in Annex A.1.2 |
|||
Note 1: SSB # (k mod 2) , CSI-RS (for tracking) resource set # ((k mod 2) + 1) and CSI-RS (for CSI acquisition) resource set # ((k mod 2) + 3) are transmitted by kth RRH. For Test 1-1, TCI state switching command scheduled by MAC CE with MCS 4 is transmitted in slot #i that satisfy. PDCCH and PDSCH associated with TCI # (k mod 2) is transmitted by kth RRH from slot# to slot# , PDCCH and PDSCH are DTXed in other slots in which throughput statistics are not considered. For Test 1-2, TCI state switching command scheduled by MAC CE with MCS 4 is transmitted in slot #i that satisfy. PDCCH and PDSCH associated with TCI # (k mod 2) is transmitted by kth RRH from slot# to slot# Where k=0, 1, 2… is the RRH number, n = 5040 is half of the number of slots between two RRH, = 8 is the number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information, = 6 is the number of slots for MAC CE processing, = 7 is the number of slots to first TRS transmission occasion after MAC CE command is decoded by the UE, = 4 is the number of slots for TRS processing. |
Table 5.2.3.2.10.0-3: Minimum performance for HST-DPS
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Number of active PDSCH TCI states |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-10.5 TDD |
40 / 30 |
64QAM, 0.43 |
HST-DPS |
1 |
2×4 |
70 |
10.2 |
1-2 |
R.PDSCH.2-10.5 TDD |
40 / 30 |
64QAM, 0.43 |
HST-DPS |
2 |
2×4 |
70 |
10.2 |
5.2.3.2.10_1 4Rx TDD FR1 HST DPS performance – 2×4 MIMO with baseline receiver for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.2.10_1.1 Test purpose
To verify UE performance in the HST-DPS scenario defined in B.3.3 and with different channel models, MCSs and number of MIMO layers for a specified downlink Reference Measurement Channel (RMC) to achieve a certain throughput and as well verify the HARQ soft combining with default baseline receiver configuration, for Rank 2 scenarios.
5.2.3.2.10_1.2 Test applicability
This test applies to all types of NR UE release 15 and forward.
This test also applies to all types of EUTRA UE release 15 and forward supporting EN-DC.
5.2.3.2.10_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.2.10_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D:
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.4 for TE diagram and clause A.3.2.5 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 5.2-1 and Table 5.2.3.1.10.0-2 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without Release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3.
5.2.3.2.10_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Tables 5.2.3.2.10_1.4-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Tables 5.2.3.2.10_1.4-1 as appropriate.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.1.5-1 in Annex G clause G.1.5.
4. Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each subtest in Tables 5.2.3.2.10_1.4-1 as appropriate.
5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3 Message contents
Message contents are according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clauses 4.6.1 and 5.4.2.
5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
Table 5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3_1-1: DMRS-DownlinkConfig
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-24 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
DMRS-DownlinkConfig ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
dmrs-AdditionalPosition |
pos2 |
for test 1-1, 1-2 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3_1-2: PDSCH-ServingCellConfig
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-25 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-ServingCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
nrofHARQ-ProcessesForPDSCH |
n8 |
for test 1-1, 1-2 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3_1-3: NZP-CSI-RS-Resource for TRS
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-8 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
NZP-CSI-RS-Resource ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceId |
i-1 for CSI-RS resource #i, i=1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 |
for test 1-1, 1-2 |
|
qcl-InfoPeriodicCSI-RS |
2 for CSI-RS resource #1, #2, #3, #4 3 for CSI-RS resource #5, #6, #7, #8 |
for test 1-1, 1-2: TCI-StateId for TCI-State #2 for CSI-RS resource #1, #2, #3, #4 TCI-StateId for TCI-State #3 for CSI-RS resource #5, #6, #7, #8 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3_1-4: CSI-RS-ResourceMapping for TRS (Table 5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3_1-3)
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-9 with condition TRS |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-RS-ResourceMapping ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain |
5 for CSI-RS resource #1 and #3 9 for CSI-RS resource #2 and #4 6 for CSI-RS resource #5 and #6 10 for CSI-RS resource #7 and #8 |
for test 1-1, 1-2: l0 = 5 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 3 l0 = 9 for CSI-RS resource 2 and 4 l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resource 5 and 6 l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resource 7 and 8 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3_1-5: CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset for TRS (Table 5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3_1-3)
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-10 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE { |
|||
Slots20 |
1 for CSI-RS resource #1, #2, #5, #6 2 for CSI-RS resource #3 #4, #7, #8 |
For test 1-1, 1-2: periodicity: 10 slots. offset: 1 for CSI-RS resource 1 and 2 1 for CSI-RS resource 5 and 6 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3_1-6: NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet for TRS
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-12 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
nzp_CSI_ResourceSetId |
0 for Resource set #1 1 for Resource set #2 |
For test 1-1, 1-2 |
|
nzp-CSI-RS-Resources SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId { |
4 entries |
For test 1-1, 1-2 |
Resource set #1 |
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[1] |
0 |
entry 1 CSI-RS resource #1 |
|
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[2] |
1 |
entry 2 CSI-RS resource #2 |
|
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[3] |
2 |
entry 3 CSI-RS resource #3 |
|
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[4] |
3 |
entry 4 CSI-RS resource #4 |
|
} |
|||
nzp-CSI-RS-Resources SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId { |
4 entries |
For test 1-1, 1-2 |
Resource set #2 |
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[1] |
4 |
entry 1 CSI-RS resource #5 |
|
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[2] |
5 |
entry 2 CSI-RS resource #6 |
|
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[3] |
6 |
entry 3 CSI-RS resource #7 |
|
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[4] |
7 |
entry 4 CSI-RS resource #8 |
|
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3_1-7: NZP-CSI-RS-Resource for CSI Acquisition
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-14 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
NZP-CSI-RS-Resource ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceId |
8 for CSI-RS resource #9 9 for CSI-RS resource #10 |
for test 1-1, 1-2 |
|
qcl-InfoPeriodicCSI-RS |
0 for CSI-RS resource #9 1 for CSI-RS resource #10 |
for test 1-1, 1-2: TCI-State #0 for CSI-RS resource #9 TCI-State #1 for CSI-RS resource #10 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3_1-8: CSI-RS-ResourceMapping for CSI Acquisition (Table 5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3_1-7)
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-15 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-RS-ResourceMapping ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain |
12 for CSI-RS resource #9 13 for CSI-RS resource #10 |
for test 1-1, 1-2 l0=12 for CSI-RS resource #9 l0=13 for CSI-RS resource #10 |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3_1-9: CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset for CSI Acquisition (Table 5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3_1-7)
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-16 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE { |
|||
slots40 |
0 |
For test 1-1, 1-2: periodicity = 40 slots. offset = 0 slots |
|
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3_1-10: NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet for CSI Acquisition
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-18 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
nzp_CSI_ResourceSetId |
2 for Resource set #3 3 for Resource set #4 |
For test 1-1, 1-2 |
|
nzp-CSI-RS-Resources SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId { |
1 entry |
For test 1-1, 1-2 |
Resource set #3 |
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[1] |
8 |
entry 1 CSI-RS resource #9 |
|
} |
|||
nzp-CSI-RS-Resources SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId { |
1 entry |
For test 1-1, 1-2 |
Resource set #4 |
NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId[1] |
9 |
entry 1 CSI-RS resource #10 |
|
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3_1-11: TCI-State
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-190 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
TCI-State ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
tci-StateId |
0 for TCI state #0 1 for TCI state #1 2 for TCI state #2 3 for TCI state #3 |
For test 1-1, 1-2 |
|
qcl-Type1 SEQUENCE { |
|||
bwp-Id |
BWP-Id of active BWP |
TCI state #0, TCI state #1 |
|
Not present |
TCI state #2, TCI state #3 |
||
referenceSignal CHOICE { |
|||
csi-rs |
0 |
CSI-RS resource #1 |
TCI state #0 |
4 |
CSI-RS resource #5 |
TCI state #1 |
|
ssb |
0 |
SSB #0 |
TCI state #2 |
1 |
SSB #1 |
TCI state #3 |
|
} |
|||
qcl-Type |
typeA |
TCI state #0, TCI state #1 |
|
typeC |
TCI state #2, TCI state #3 |
||
} |
|||
} |
5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.3.2.10_1.3.3_1
5.2.3.2.10_1.4 Test requirement
Tables 5.2.3.2.10_1.4-1 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A 3.2.1 for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.2.10_1.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.2.10_1.4-1: Test Requirements for HST-DPS
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
Propagation condition |
Number of active PDSCH TCI states |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-10.5 TDD |
40 / 30 |
64QAM, 0.43 |
HST-DPS |
1 |
2×4 |
70 |
10.8 |
1-2 |
R.PDSCH.2-10.5 TDD |
40 / 30 |
64QAM, 0.43 |
HST-DPS |
2 |
2×4 |
70 |
10.8 |
5.2.3.2.11 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH Single-DCI based SDM scheme performance
5.2.3.2.11.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.11.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.2.11.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.11.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.2.11.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify the PDSCH performance with Single-DCI based SDM scheme under 4 receive antenna conditions |
1-1,1-2 |
Table 5.2.3.2.11.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
||||
TRxP #1(Note 1) |
TRxP #2(Note 1) |
|||||
Transmit TRxP of SSB |
TRxP #1 |
|||||
PDCCH configuration |
TCI state |
TCI State #1 |
||||
CORESETPoolIndex |
0 |
|||||
CSI-RS for tracking |
First subcarrier index in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
k0=0 for CSI-RS resources 1,2,3,4 |
k0=1 for CSI-RS resources 5,6,7,8 |
|||
First OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resources 1 and 3 l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resources 2 and 4 |
l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resources 5 and 7 l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resources 6 and 8 |
||||
Number of CSI-RS ports (X) |
1 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4 |
1 for CSI-RS resource 5,6,7,8 |
||||
CDM Type |
‘No CDM’ for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 |
|||||
Density |
3 |
|||||
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
40 |
||||
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
20 for CSI-RS resources 1 and 2 21 for CSI-RS resources 3 and 4 |
20 for CSI-RS resources 5 and 6 21 for CSI-RS resources 7 and 8 |
|||
QCL info |
TCI state #0 |
|||||
Duplex mode |
TDD |
|||||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
|||||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
||||
k0 |
0 |
|||||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
|||||
Length (L) |
12 |
|||||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
|||||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
|||||
Resource allocation type |
Type 1 |
|||||
RBG size |
Config2 |
|||||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
|||||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
|||||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
Antenna port indexes |
1000 |
1002 |
|||
TCI state |
TCI State #1 |
TCI State #2 |
||||
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|||||
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
|||||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
|||||
TCI State #1 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
CSI-RS resource 1 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking’ configuration |
N/A |
||
QCL Type |
Type A |
N/A |
||||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
N/A |
|||
QCL Type |
N/A |
N/A |
||||
TCI State #2 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
CSI-RS resource 5 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking’ configuration |
||
QCL Type |
N/A |
Type A |
||||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
N/A |
|||
QCL Type |
N/A |
N/A |
||||
Resource allocation |
Full-overlapping |
|||||
Timing offset of the second TRxP from the first TRxP |
us |
-0.25 for test 1-1 1 for test 1-2 |
||||
Frequency offset of the second TRxP from the first TRxP |
Hz |
300 for test 1-1 0 for test 1-2 |
||||
Number of HARQ Processes |
8 |
|||||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
Specific to each TDD UL-DL pattern and as defined in Annex A.1.2 |
|||||
Precoding configuration |
SP Type I, independent precoding generation is applied for both TRxPs, random per slot with PRB bundling granularity |
|||||
Note 1: PDSCH transmission is done from both TRxPs (PDSCH Layer 0 is transmitted from TRxP #1 and PDSCH layer 1 is transmitted from TRxP #2) |
Table 5.2.3.2.11.0-3: Minimum performance
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition(Note 1) |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration(Note 2) |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB)(Note 3) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-3.2 TDD |
40 / 30 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
14.5 |
1-2 |
R.PDSCH.2-3.2 TDD |
40 / 30 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
13.9 |
Note 1: The propagation conditions apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 and are statistically independent Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 Note 3: SNR corresponds to SNR of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 as defined in 4.4.2 with scaling factor as 1/sqrt(2) for transmitted signal from each TRxP |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5], clause 5.2.3.2.11.
5.2.3.2.11_1 2Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH Single-DCI based SDM scheme performance – 2×2 MIMO for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.2.11_1.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH performance with Single-DCI based SDM scheme under 4 receive antenna conditions.
5.2.3.2.11_1.2 Test applicability
Test applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward supporting capability IE singleDCI-SDM-scheme-r16.
5.2.3.2.11_1.3 Test description
5.2.3.2.11_1.3.1 Initial conditions
Initial conditions are a set of test configurations the UE needs to be tested in and the steps for the SS to take with the UE to reach the correct measurement state.
The initial test configurations consist of environmental conditions, test frequencies, test channel bandwidths and sub-carrier spacing based on NR operating bands specified in Table 5.3.5-1 and Table 5.3.6-1 of 38.521-1 [7].
Configurations of PDSCH and PDCCH before measurement are specified in Annex C.
Test Environment: Normal, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.1.
Frequencies to be tested: Mid Range, as defined in TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 5.2.2.
For EN-DC within FR1 operation, setup the LTE link according to Annex D
1. Connect the SS, the faders and AWGN noise source to the UE antenna connectors as shown in TS 38.508-1 [6] Annex A, in Figure A.3.1.7.4 for TE diagram and section A.3.2.3 for UE diagram.
2. The parameter settings for the cell are set up according to Table 5.2-1, Table 5.2.3.2.11.0-2 and Table 5.2.3.2.11.0-3 as appropriate.
3. Downlink signals for NR cell are initially set up according to Annexes C.0, C.1, C.2 and uplink signals according to Annexes G.0, G.1, G.2, G.3.1 of TS 38.521-1 [7].
4. Propagation conditions are set according to Annex B.0.
5. Ensure the UE is in state RRC_CONNECTED with generic procedure parameters Connectivity NR for SA with Connected without release On, Test Mode On or EN-DC, DC bearer MCG and SCG, Connected without release On, Test Mode On, for NSA according to TS 38.508-1 [6] clause 4.5. Message contents are defined in clause 5.2.3.2.11_1.3.3.
5.2.3.2.11_1.3.2 Test procedure
1. SS transmits PDSCH via PDCCH DCI format 1_1 for C_RNTI to transmit the DL RMC according to Table 5.2.3.2.11_1.3.4-1. The SS sends downlink MAC padding bits on the DL RMC.
2. Set the parameters of the bandwidth, MCS, reference channel, the propagation condition, the correlation matrix and the SNR according to Table 5.2.3.2.11_1.3.4-1.
3. Measure the average throughput for a duration sufficient to achieve statistical significance according to Annex G clause G.1.5. Count the number of NACKs, ACKs and statDTXs on the UL during each subtest and decide pass or fail according to Table G.1.5-1 in Annex G clause G.1.5.
4. Repeat steps from 1 to 3 for each subtest in Table 5.2.3.2.11_1.3.4-1 as appropriate.
5.2.3.2.11_1.3.3 Message contents
5.2.3.2.11_1.3.3_1 Message exceptions for SA
As defined in clause 5.4.2 of TS 38.508-1 [6] with the following exceptions:
Table 5.2.3.2.11_1.3.3_1-1: Physical layer parameters for DCI format 1_1
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.3.6.1.2.2-1 |
|||
Parameter |
Value |
Value in binary |
Condition |
Antenna port(s) |
DMRS port 0 and 2 |
“1011” |
|
Transmission configuration indication |
TCI state 1 and 2 |
“000” |
Table 5.2.3.2.11_1.3.3_1-2: CellGroupConfig
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-19 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
simultaneousTCI-UpdateList1-r16 SEQUENCE { |
|||
ServCellIndex [1] |
ServCellIndex |
||
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.11_1.3.3_1-3: ControlResourceSet
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-28 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
ControlResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
tci-PresentInDCI |
enabled |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.11_1.3.3_1-4: PDSCH-Config
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-100 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
PDSCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
tci-StatesToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1.. maxNrofTCI-States)) OF TCI-State { |
2 entries |
||
TCI-State[1] |
TCI-State with condition TCI-state-0 |
||
TCI-State[2] |
TCI-State with condition TCI-state-1 |
||
TCI-State[3] |
TCI-State with condition TCI-state-2 |
||
} |
|||
rbg-Size |
config2 |
||
prb-BundlingType CHOICE { |
|||
staticBundling SEQUENCE { |
|||
bundleSize |
Not present |
||
} |
|||
} |
|||
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.11_1.3.3_1-5: TCI-State
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-190 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
TCI-State ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
tci-StateId |
0 |
TCI-state-0 |
|
1 |
TCI-state-1 |
||
2 |
TCI-state-2 |
||
qcl-Type1 SEQUENCE { |
|||
cell |
Not present |
||
bwp-Id |
Not present |
||
referenceSignal CHOICE { |
|||
ssb |
SSB-Index |
TCI-state-0 |
|
csi-rs |
1 |
TCI-state-1 |
|
5 |
TCI-state-2 |
||
} |
|||
qcl-Type |
typeA |
||
} |
|||
qcl-Type2 |
Not present |
||
} |
Table 5.2.3.2.11_1.3.3_1-6: NZP-CSI-RS-Resource
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 4.6.3-85 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
NZP-CSI-RS-Resource ::= SEQUENCE { |
|||
resourceMapping SEQUENCE { |
|||
frequencyDomainAllocation CHOICE { |
|||
row1 |
0000 |
For CSI-RS resources 1, 2, 3, 4 |
|
0001 |
For CSI-RS resources 5,6,7,8 |
||
} |
|||
nrofPorts |
p1 |
||
firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain |
6 |
For CSI-RS resources 1,3,5,7 |
|
10 |
For CSI-RS resources 2,4,6,8 |
||
cdm-Type |
noCDM |
||
density CHOICE { |
|||
three |
NULL |
||
} |
|||
} |
|||
periodicityAndOffset CHOICE { |
|||
slots40 |
20 |
For CSI-RS resources 1,2,5,6 |
|
slots40 |
21 |
For CSI-RS resources 3,4,7,8 |
|
} |
|||
qcl-InfoPeriodicCSI-RS |
0 |
||
} |
5.2.3.2.11_1.3.3_2 Message exceptions for NSA
Same as 5.2.3.2.11_1.3.3_1.
5.2.3.2.11_1.3.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.2.11.0-3 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.2.11_1.3.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.2.11_1.3.4-1: Test requirement
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition(Note 1) |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration(Note 2) |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB)(Note 3) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-3.2 TDD |
40 / 30 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
15.5 |
1-27 |
R.PDSCH.2-3.2 TDD |
40 / 30 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
14.9 |
Note 1: The propagation conditions apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 and are statistically independent Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 Note 3: SNR corresponds to SNR of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 as defined in 4.4.2 with scaling factor as 1/sqrt(2) for transmitted signal from each TRxP |
5.2.3.2.12 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH Multi-DCI based transmission scheme performance
5.2.3.2.12.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.12.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.2.12.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.12.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.2.12.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify the PDSCH performance when UE is configured two different values of CORESETPoolIndex in ControlResourceSet and when UE receives multiple PDCCHs scheduling PDSCHs |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.2.12.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
||||
TRxP #1(Note 1) |
TRxP #2(Note 1) |
|||||
Transmit TRxP of SSB |
TRxP #1 |
|||||
PDCCH configuration |
TCI state |
TCI State #1 |
TCI State #2 |
|||
CORESETPoolIndex |
0,1 |
|||||
CSI-RS for tracking |
First subcarrier index in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
k0=0 for CSI-RS resources 1,2,3,4 |
k0=1 for CSI-RS resources 5,6,7,8 |
|||
First OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resources 1 and 3 l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resources 2 and 4 |
l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resources 5 and 7 l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resources 6 and 8 |
||||
Number of CSI-RS ports (X) |
1 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4 |
1 for CSI-RS resource 5,6,7,8 |
||||
CDM Type |
‘No CDM’ for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 |
|||||
Density |
3 |
|||||
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
40 |
||||
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
20 for CSI-RS resources 1 and 2 21 for CSI-RS resources 3 and 4 |
20 for CSI-RS resources 5 and 6 21 for CSI-RS resources 7 and 8 |
|||
QCL info |
TCI state #0 |
|||||
Duplex mode |
TDD |
|||||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
|||||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
||||
k0 |
0 |
|||||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
|||||
Length (L) |
12 |
|||||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
|||||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
|||||
Resource allocation type |
Type 1 |
|||||
RBG size |
Config2 |
|||||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
|||||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
|||||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
Antenna port indexes |
{1000,1001} |
{1002,1003} |
|||
TCI state |
TCI State #1 |
TCI State #2 |
||||
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|||||
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
|||||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
|||||
TCI State #1 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
CSI-RS resource 1 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking’ configuration |
N/A |
||
QCL Type |
Type A |
N/A |
||||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
N/A |
|||
QCL Type |
N/A |
N/A |
||||
TCI State #2 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
CSI-RS resource 5 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking’ configuration |
||
QCL Type |
N/A |
Type A |
||||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
N/A |
|||
QCL Type |
N/A |
N/A |
||||
Resource allocation |
Non-overlapping |
|||||
Timing offset of the second TRxP from the first TRxP |
us |
-0.25 |
||||
Frequency offset of the second TRxP from the first TRxP |
Hz |
300 |
||||
Number of HARQ Processes |
8 |
|||||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
Specific to each TDD UL-DL pattern and as defined in Annex A.1.2 |
|||||
Precoding configuration |
SP Type I, independent precoding generation is applied for both TRxPs, random per slot with PRB bundling granularity |
|||||
Note 1: PDSCH transmission is done from both TRxPs. Transmission from TRxP #1 uses CORESETPoolIndex 0 and transmission from TRxP #2 uses CORESETPoolIndex 1 |
Table 5.2.3.2.12.0-3: Minimum performance
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition(Note 1) |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration(Note 2) |
Reference value |
||
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB)(Note 3) |
||||||||
TRxP #1 |
TRxP #2 |
||||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-3.3 TDD |
R.PDSCH.2-3.4 TDD |
40 / 30 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
14.6 |
Note 1: The propagation conditions apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 and are statistically independent Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 Note 3: SNR corresponds to SNR of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 as defined in 4.4.2 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5], clause 5.2.3.2.12.
5.2.3.2.12_1 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH Multiple-DCI based transmission scheme performance – 2×4 MIMO for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.2.12_1.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH performance when UE is configured two different values of CORESETPoolIndex in ControlResourceSet and when UE receives multiple PDCCHs scheduling PDSCHs.
5.2.3.2.12_1.2 Test applicability
Test 1-1 applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward supporting capability IE multiDCI-MultiTRP-r16.
5.2.3.2.12_1.3 Test description
Same test description as in clause 5.2.3.1.12_1.3 with the following exception:
– Table 5.2.3.2.12_1.4-1 instead of 5.2.3.1.12_1.4-1
– Table 5.2.3.2.12_1.3-1 instead of Table 5.2.3.1.12_1.3.3_1-8
Table 5.2.3.2.12_1.3-1: CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset for TRS
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-10 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE { |
|||
Slots40 |
20 |
For CSI-RS resources 1,2,5,6 |
|
Slots40 |
21 |
For CSI-RS resources 3,4,7,8 |
|
} |
5.2.3.2.12_1.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.2.12.0-3 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.2.12_1.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.2.12_1.4-1: Test requirement
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition(Note 1) |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration(Note 2) |
Reference value |
||
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB)(Note 3) |
||||||||
TRxP #1 |
TRxP #2 |
||||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-3.3 TDD |
R.PDSCH.2-3.4 TDD |
40 / 30 |
64QAM, 0.50 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
15.6 |
Note 1: The propagation conditions apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 and are statistically independent Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 Note 3: SNR corresponds to SNR of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 as defined in 4.4.2 |
5.2.3.2.13 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH Single-DCI based FDM scheme A performance
5.2.3.2.13.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.13.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.2.13.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.13.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.2.13.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify PDSCH performance under 4 receive antenna conditions when UE is configured with “FDMSchemeA” in “RepetitionScheme-r16” defined in clause 5.1 of TS 38.214 [12] |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.2.13.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
||||
TRxP #1(Note 1) |
TRxP #2(Note 1) |
|||||
Transmit TRxP of SSB |
TRxP #1 |
|||||
PDCCH configuration |
TCI state |
TCI State #1 |
||||
CORESETPoolIndex |
Not configured |
|||||
CSI-RS for tracking |
First subcarrier index in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
k0=0 for CSI-RS resources 1,2,3,4 |
k0=1 for CSI-RS resources 5,6,7,8 |
|||
First OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resources 1 and 3 l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resources 2 and 4 |
l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resources 5 and 7 l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resources 6 and 8 |
||||
Number of CSI-RS ports (X) |
1 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4 |
1 for CSI-RS resource 5,6,7,8 |
||||
CDM Type |
‘No CDM’ for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 |
|||||
Density |
3 |
|||||
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
40 |
||||
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
20 for CSI-RS resources 1 and 2 21 for CSI-RS resources 3 and 4 |
20 for CSI-RS resources 5 and 6 21 for CSI-RS resources 7 and 8 |
|||
QCL info |
TCI state #0 |
|||||
Duplex mode |
TDD |
|||||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
|||||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
||||
k0 |
0 |
|||||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
|||||
Length (L) |
12 |
|||||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
|||||
PRB bundling size |
Wideband |
|||||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
|||||
RBG size |
Config2 |
|||||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
|||||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
|||||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
Antenna port indexes |
1000,1001 |
1000,1001 |
|||
TCI state |
TCI State #1 |
TCI State #2 |
||||
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|||||
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
|||||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
|||||
TCI State #1 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
CSI-RS resource 1 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking’ configuration |
N/A |
||
QCL Type |
Type A |
N/A |
||||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
N/A |
|||
QCL Type |
N/A |
N/A |
||||
TCI State #2 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
CSI-RS resource 5 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking’ configuration |
||
QCL Type |
N/A |
Type A |
||||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
N/A |
|||
QCL Type |
N/A |
N/A |
||||
Timing offset of the second TRxP from the first TRxP |
us |
-0.25 |
||||
Frequency offset of the second TRxP from the first TRxP |
Hz |
300 |
||||
Number of HARQ Processes |
8 |
|||||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
Specific to each TDD UL-DL pattern and as defined in Annex A.1.2 |
|||||
Precoding configuration |
SP Type I, independent precoding generation is applied for both TRxPs, random per slot with PRB bundling granularity |
|||||
Note 1: PDSCH transmission is done from both TRxPs |
Table 5.2.3.2.13.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 2
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition (Note 1) |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration (Note 2) |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) (Note 3) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-2.5 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.54 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
10.5 |
Note 1: The propagation conditions apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 and are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to SNR of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 as defined in 4.4.2 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5], clause 5.2.3.2.13.
5.2.3.2.13_1 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH Single-DCI based FDM scheme A performance – 2×4 MIMO for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.2.13_1.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH performance under 4 receive antenna conditions when UE is configured with “FDMSchemeA” in “RepetitionScheme-r16”.
5.2.3.2.13_1.2 Test applicability
Test 1-1 applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward supporting capability IE supportFDM-SchemeA-r16.
5.2.3.2.13_1.3 Test description
Same test description as in clause 5.2.3.1.13_1.3 with the following exception:
– Table 5.2.3.2.13_1.4-1 instead of 5.2.3.1.13_1.4-1
– Table 5.2.3.2.13_1.3-1 instead of Table 5.2.3.1.13_1.3.3_1-5
Table 5.2.3.2.13_1.3-1: CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset for TRS
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-10 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE { |
|||
Slots40 |
20 |
For CSI-RS resources 1,2,5,6 |
|
Slots40 |
21 |
For CSI-RS resources 3,4,7,8 |
|
} |
5.2.3.2.13_1.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.2.13.0-3 defines the primary level settings.
The fraction of maximum throughput percentage for the downlink reference measurement channels specified in Annex A for each throughput test shall meet or exceed the specified value in Table 5.2.3.2.13_1.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.2.13_1.4-1: Test requirement
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition (Note 1) |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration (Note 2) |
Reference value |
|
Fraction of maximum throughput (%) |
SNR (dB) (Note 3) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-2.5 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.54 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
70 |
11.5 |
Note 1: The propagation conditions apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 and are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2. Note 3: SNR corresponds to SNR of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 as defined in 4.4.2 |
5.2.3.2.14 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH Single-DCI based Inter-slot TDM scheme performance
5.2.3.2.14.0 Minimum conformance requirements
The performance requirements are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.14.0-3, with the addition of test parameters in Table 5.2.3.2.14.0-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.1.
The test purposes are specified in Table 5.2.3.2.14.0-1.
Table 5.2.3.2.14.0-1: Tests purpose
Purpose |
Test index |
Verify PDSCH performance under 4 receive antenna conditions when UE is configured with repetitionNumber-r16 with multiple slot level PDSCH transmission occasions of the same TB with two TCI states defined in clause 5.1 of TS 38.214 [12] |
1-1 |
Table 5.2.3.2.14.0-2: Test parameters
Parameter |
Unit |
Value |
||||
TRxP #1(Note 1) |
TRxP #2(Note 1) |
|||||
Transmit TRxP of SSB |
TRxP #1 |
|||||
PDCCH configuration |
TCI state |
TCI State #1 |
||||
CORESETPoolIndex |
Not configured |
|||||
CSI-RS for tracking |
First subcarrier index in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
k0=0 for CSI-RS resources 1,2,3,4 |
k0=1 for CSI-RS resources 5,6,7,8 |
|||
First OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS |
l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resources 1 and 3 l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resources 2 and 4 |
l0 = 6 for CSI-RS resources 5 and 7 l0 = 10 for CSI-RS resources 6 and 8 |
||||
Number of CSI-RS ports (X) |
1 for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4 |
1 for CSI-RS resource 5,6,7,8 |
||||
CDM Type |
‘No CDM’ for CSI-RS resource 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 |
|||||
Density |
3 |
|||||
CSI-RS periodicity |
Slots |
40 |
||||
CSI-RS offset |
Slots |
20 for CSI-RS resources 1 and 2 21 for CSI-RS resources 3 and 4 |
20 for CSI-RS resources 5 and 6 21 for CSI-RS resources 7 and 8 |
|||
QCL info |
TCI state #0 |
|||||
Duplex mode |
TDD |
|||||
Active DL BWP index |
1 |
|||||
PDSCH configuration |
Mapping type |
Type A |
||||
k0 |
0 |
|||||
Starting symbol (S) |
2 |
|||||
Length (L) |
12 |
|||||
Repetition number |
2 |
|||||
PRB bundling type |
Static |
|||||
PRB bundling size |
2 |
|||||
Resource allocation type |
Type 0 |
|||||
RBG size |
Config2 |
|||||
VRB-to-PRB mapping type |
Non-interleaved |
|||||
VRB-to-PRB mapping interleaver bundle size |
N/A |
|||||
PDSCH DMRS configuration |
Antenna port indexes |
1000 |
1000 |
|||
TCI state |
TCI State #1 |
TCI State #2 |
||||
DMRS Type |
Type 1 |
|||||
Number of additional DMRS |
1 |
|||||
Maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS |
1 |
|||||
TCI State #1 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
CSI-RS resource 1 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking’ configuration |
N/A |
||
QCL Type |
Type A |
N/A |
||||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
N/A |
|||
QCL Type |
N/A |
N/A |
||||
TCI State #2 |
Type 1 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
CSI-RS resource 5 from ‘CSI-RS for tracking’ configuration |
||
QCL Type |
N/A |
Type A |
||||
Type 2 QCL information |
CSI-RS resource |
N/A |
N/A |
|||
QCL Type |
N/A |
N/A |
||||
Timing offset of the second TRxP from the first TRxP |
us |
1 |
||||
Frequency offset of the second TRxP from the first TRxP |
Hz |
300 |
||||
Number of HARQ Processes |
4 |
|||||
The number of slots between PDSCH and corresponding HARQ-ACK information |
Specific to each TDD UL-DL pattern and as defined in Annex A.1.2 (Note 2) |
|||||
Precoding configuration |
SP Type I, independent precoding generation is applied for both TRxPs, random per slot with PRB bundling granularity |
|||||
Note 1: PDSCH transmission is done from both TRxPs Note 2: ACK/NACK feedback is generated for PDSCH on slot i, where mod(i,10) = {2, 4, 6}. |
Table 5.2.3.2.14.0-3: Minimum performance for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition (Note 1) |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration (Note 2) |
Reference value |
|
BLER (%) |
SNR (dB) (Note 4) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-16.2 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.54 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
1 (Note 3) |
-0.5 |
Note 1: The propagation conditions apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 and are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2. Note 3: BLER is defined as residual BLER; i.e. ratio of incorrectly received transport blocks / sent transport blocks, independently of the number HARQ transmission(s) for each transport block. Note 4: SNR corresponds to SNR of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 as defined in 4.4.2 |
The normative reference for this requirement is TS 38.101-4 [5], clause 5.2.3.2.14.
5.2.3.2.14_1 4Rx TDD FR1 PDSCH Single-DCI based Inter-slot TDM scheme performance – 2×4 MIMO for both SA and NSA
5.2.3.2.14_1.1 Test purpose
To verify the PDSCH performance under 4 receive antenna conditions when UE is configured with repetitionNumber-r16 with multiple slot level PDSCH transmission occasions of the same TB with two TCI states.
5.2.3.2.14_1.2 Test applicability
Test 1-1 applies to all types of NR UE release 16 and forward supporting capability IE supportTDM-SchemeA-r16.
5.2.3.2.14_1.3 Test description
Same test description as in clause 5.2.3.1.14_1.3 with the following exception:
– Table 5.2.3.2.14_1.4-1 instead of 5.2.3.1.14_1.4-1
– Table 5.2.3.2.14_1.3-1 instead of Table 5.2.3.1.14_1.3.3_1-5
Table 5.2.3.2.14_1.3-1: CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset for TRS
Derivation Path: TS 38.508-1 [6], Table 5.4.2.0-10 |
|||
Information Element |
Value/remark |
Comment |
Condition |
CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE { |
|||
Slots40 |
20 |
For CSI-RS resources 1,2,5,6 |
|
Slots40 |
21 |
For CSI-RS resources 3,4,7,8 |
|
} |
5.2.3.2.14_1.4 Test requirement
Table 5.2.3.2.14.0-3 defines the primary level settings.
The residual BLER specified in Note 3 of Table 5.2.3.2.14_1.4-1 test shall meet or be lower than the specified value in Table 5.2.3.2.14_1.4-1 for the specified SNR including test tolerances for all throughput tests.
Table 5.2.3.2.14_1.4-1: Test requirement for Rank 1
Test num. |
Reference channel |
Bandwidth (MHz) / Subcarrier spacing (kHz) |
Modulation format and code rate |
TDD UL-DL pattern |
Propagation condition (Note 1) |
Correlation matrix and antenna configuration (Note 2) |
Reference value |
|
BLER (%) |
SNR (dB) (Note 4) |
|||||||
1-1 |
R.PDSCH.2-16.2 TDD |
40 / 30 |
16QAM, 0.54 |
FR1.30-1 |
TDLA30-10 |
2×4, ULA Low |
1 (Note 3) |
0.5 |
Note 1: The propagation conditions apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 and are statistically independent. Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply to each of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2. Note 3: BLER is defined as residual BLER; i.e. ratio of incorrectly received transport blocks / sent transport blocks, independently of the number HARQ transmission(s) for each transport block. Note 4: SNR corresponds to SNR of TRxP #1 and TRxP #2 as defined in 4.4.2 |